2021 Chevrolet Spark Owner's Manual | Chevrolet Canada
View the Owner’s Manual for the 2021 Chevrolet Spark to learn more about your vehicle’s features and maintenance.
Chevrolet
2021-chevrolet-spark-owners-manual-english Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 84732004 A First Printing
Introduction
The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle model names, and vehicle body designs appearing in this manual including, but not limited to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, and SPARK are trademarks and/or service marks of General Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name "General Motors of Canada Company" for Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it appears in this manual. This manual describes features that may or may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that was not purchased on the vehicle, model variants, country specifications, features/applications that may
not be available in your region, or changes subsequent to the printing of this owner's manual.
Refer to the purchase documentation relating to your specific vehicle to confirm the features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference.
Canadian Vehicle Owners
A French language manual can be obtained from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, or from:
Propriétaires Canadiens
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à l'adresse suivante:
Helm, Incorporated Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth, MI 48170 USA
©2020 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
2 Introduction
Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about the vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found.
Danger, Warning, and Caution
Warning messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce them.
{ Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death.
{ Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that could result in injury or death.
Caution Caution indicates a hazard that could result in property or vehicle damage.
A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means "Do not," "Do not do this," or "Do not let this happen."
Symbols
The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text. Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component, control, message, gauge, or indicator.
M : Shown when the owner's manual has
additional instructions or information.
* : Shown when the service manual has
additional instructions or information.
0 : Shown when there is more information
on another page -- "see page."
Vehicle Symbol Chart Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean. See the features in this manual for information.
u : Air Conditioning System G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil 9 : Airbag Readiness Light ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) $ : Brake System Warning Light 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water B : Engine Coolant Temperature _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited H : Flammable [ : Forward Collision Alert R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location + : Fuses j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints
Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly
Installed
| : Lane Change Alert @ : Lane Departure Warning A : Lane Keep Assist * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure X : Park Assist ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator O : Power 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert I : Registered Technician / : Remote Vehicle Start > : Seat Belt Reminders I : Side Blind Zone Alert h : Stop/Start 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)
a : Under Pressure V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator
Introduction 3
4 Introduction Instrument Panel Overview
1. Air Vents 0 120. 2. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 91.
Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 94. 3. Turn and Lane-Change Signals 0 93. Driver Information Center (DIC) Controls. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 83. 4. Instrument Cluster 0 72. Driver Information Center (DIC) Display. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 83. 5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 68. Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 69. 6. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 93. 7. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp System 0 92. 8. Infotainment. See Introduction 0 96. 9. Power Outlets 0 70. 10. Climate Control Systems 0 118. 11. Heated Front Seats 0 28 (If Equipped). 12. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission 0 141 (If Equipped) or Manual Transmission 0 143 (If Equipped). 13. Parking Brake 0 145. 14. Auxiliary Jack 0 105.
15. Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) 0 135 or Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 133.
16. Steering Wheel Controls 0 68 (If Equipped).
17. Horn 0 68.
18. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 68 (Out of View).
19. Cruise Control 0 148 (If Equipped).
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 153 (If Equipped).
20. Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 146.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 155 (If Equipped).
21. Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 187.
22. Hood Release. See Hood 0 162.
23. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 75.
Introduction 5
6 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys and Locks Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 8 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Doors Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Vehicle Security Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Immobilizer Operation (Key Access) . . . . . 19 Immobilizer Operation (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Interior Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Windows Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Roof Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Keys and Locks
Keys
{ Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous and children or others could be seriously injured or killed. They could operate the power windows or other controls or make the vehicle move. The windows will function with the keys in the ignition, and children or others could be caught in the path of a closing window. Do not leave children in a vehicle with the ignition key.
{ Warning
If the key is unintentionally rotated while the vehicle is running, the ignition could be moved out of the RUN position. This could be caused by heavy items hanging from the key ring, or by large or long items attached to the key ring that could be contacted by the driver or steering wheel. If the ignition moves out of the RUN position, the engine will shut off, braking and steering power assist may be impacted, and airbags may not deploy. To reduce the risk of unintentional rotation of the ignition key, do not change the way the ignition key and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, if equipped, are connected to the provided key rings.
The ignition key and key rings, and RKE transmitter, if equipped, are designed to work together as a system to reduce the risk of unintentionally moving the key out of the RUN position. The ignition key has a small hole to allow attachment of the provided key ring. It is important that any
replacement ignition keys have a small hole. See your dealer if a replacement key is required.
The combination and size of the rings that came with your keys were specifically selected for your vehicle. The rings are connected to the key like two links of a chain to reduce the risk of unintentionally moving the key out of the RUN position. Do not add any additional items to the ring attached to the ignition key. Attach additional items only to the second ring, and limit added items to a few essential keys or small, light items no larger than an RKE transmitter.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 7
Interference from radio-frequency identification (RFID) tags may prevent the key from starting the vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from the key when starting the vehicle.
8 Keys, Doors, and Windows
LS 1LT
The key that is part of the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter can be used for the ignition and all locks. Press the button on the front of the RKE transmitter to extend the key. Never extend the key without pressing the button. Press the button and the key blade to retract the key.
2LT The 2LT key can be used for all locks. This vehicle has pushbutton start. Press the button on the side of the RKE transmitter to release the key. Never take the key out without pressing the button. See your dealer if a new key is needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key, inspect the key blade for debris. Periodically clean with a brush or pick.
If you are locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside Assistance Program 0 242.
With an active OnStar or connected service plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 0 250.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 246.
If there is a decrease in the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) operating range:
. Check the distance. The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal.
. Check the transmitter's battery. See "Battery Replacement" later in this section.
. If the transmitter is still not working correctly, see your dealer or a qualified technician for service.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access)
The RKE transmitter may work up to 60 m (167 ft) away from the vehicle. Other conditions can affect the performance of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 8.
1LT The following buttons are on the transmitter:
Q : Press once to lock all doors, the fuel
door, and the liftgate. The turn signal indicators may flash and/or the horn may sound on the second press to indicate locking.
If the driver door is open when Q is pressed
and Open Door Anti Lock Out is enabled through the vehicle personalization, all doors will lock and then the driver door will immediately unlock. If the passenger door is
open when Q is pressed, all doors lock. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Pressing Q may also arm the theft-deterrent
system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 18.
K : Press to unlock the driver door and the
fuel door. Press again within five seconds to unlock all doors and the liftgate. The turn signal indicators flash to indicate unlocking has occurred.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Pressing K may also disarm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 18.
7 : Press and release one time to initiate
vehicle locator. The exterior lamps flash and the horn chirps three times. Press and hold
7 for at least three seconds to sound the
panic alarm. The horn sounds and the turn
signals flash for 30 seconds, or until 7 is
pressed again, or the key is placed in the ignition and turned on.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 9
Programming Keys to the Vehicle
Only keys programmed to this vehicle will work. If a key is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer. When the replacement key is programmed to this vehicle, all remaining keys must also be reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen keys will no longer work once the new key is programmed.
Programming with Two Recognized Keys
To program a new key:
1. Insert the original, already programmed key in the ignition and turn the ignition on without starting the vehicle.
2. Turn the ignition off, and remove the key.
3. Quickly, within five seconds, insert the second original already programmed key in the ignition and turn the ignition on without starting the vehicle.
4. Turn the ignition off, and remove the key.
5. Insert the new key to be programmed, and within five seconds, turn the ignition on without starting the vehicle.
10 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed.
6. Repeat Steps 15 if additional keys are to be programmed.
If a key is lost or damaged, see your dealer to have a new key made.
Programming without a Recognized Key
Program a new key to the vehicle when a recognized key is not available. Canadian regulations require that owners see their dealer.
If two currently recognized keys are not available, follow this procedure to program the first key.
This procedure will take approximately 30 minutes to complete for the first key. The vehicle must be off and all of the keys you wish to program must be with you.
1. Insert the new vehicle key into the ignition.
2. Turn the ignition on without starting the vehicle. The security light will come on.
3. Wait 10 minutes until the security light turns off.
4. Turn the ignition off.
5. Repeat Steps 24 two more times. After the third time, turn the ignition on without starting the vehicle; the key is learned and all previously known keys will no longer work with the vehicle.
6. To program the second key, turn the ignition off and insert the second key to be learned and turn the ignition on without starting the vehicle.
After the two keys are learned, remaining keys can be learned by following the procedure in "Programming with Two Recognized Keys."
Battery Replacement (1LT Only)
Caution
When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter.
The battery is not rechargeable. To replace the battery:
1. Press the button on the side of the RKE transmitter to extend the key. Never pull the key out without pressing the button.
2. Remove the battery cover by prying it with a finger.
3. Remove the battery by pushing on the battery and sliding it toward the key blade.
4. Insert the new battery, positive side facing up. Push the battery down until it is held in place. Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery.
5. Snap the battery cover back on to the transmitter.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access)
The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle entry when the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See "Keyless Access Operation" later in this section. The RKE transmitter may work up to 60 m (167 ft) away from the vehicle. Other conditions can affect the performance of the RKE transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 8.
2LT The following buttons are on the transmitter:
Q : Press once to lock all doors, the fuel
door, and the liftgate. The turn signal indicators may flash and/or the horn may sound on the second press to indicate locking.
If the driver door is open when Q is pressed
and Open Door Anti Lock Out is enabled through the vehicle personalization, all doors will lock and then the driver door will immediately unlock. If the passenger door is
open when Q is pressed, all doors lock. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Pressing Q may also arm the theft-deterrent
system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 18.
K : Press to unlock the driver door and the
fuel door. Press again within five seconds to unlock all doors and the liftgate. The turn signal indicators flash to indicate unlocking has occurred.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Pressing K may also disarm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 18.
7 : Press and release one time to initiate
vehicle locator. The exterior lamps flash and the horn chirps three times. Press and hold
Keys, Doors, and Windows 11
7 for at least three seconds to sound the
panic alarm. The horn sounds and the turn
signals flash for 30 seconds, or until 7 is
pressed again or the ignition is turned on.
Keyless Access Operation
If equipped, the Keyless Access system lets you lock and unlock the doors and access the liftgate without removing the RKE transmitter from your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The RKE transmitter should be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door being opened. If the vehicle has this feature, there will be buttons on the outside front door handles.
The vehicle can be customized to always unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock button press. See Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the Driver Door
When the doors are locked and the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the driver door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on the driver door handle will unlock the driver door. If the lock/unlock button is
12 Keys, Doors, and Windows
pressed again within five seconds, all passenger doors will unlock. Pull the door handle to unlatch the door.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Similar Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause all doors to lock if any of the following occur: . It has been no more than five seconds
since the first lock/unlock button press. . Two lock/unlock button presses were
used to unlock all doors. . Any vehicle door has opened and all
doors are now closed.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the Passenger Doors
When the doors are locked and the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the passenger door handle, pressing the lock/ unlock button on the passenger door handle will unlock all doors.
Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause all doors to lock if any of the following occur:
. The lock/unlock button was used to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has opened and all doors are now closed.
Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior Door Handles and Liftgate
If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior door handles and liftgate can be disabled and enabled.
Disabling Keyless Unlocking:
With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and K on the RKE transmitter at the same time
for approximately three seconds. The turn signal lamps will flash four times quickly to indicate access is disabled. Using any exterior handle to unlock the doors or open the liftgate will cause the turn signal lamps
to flash four times quickly, indicating access is disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm system before starting the vehicle.
Enabling Keyless Unlocking:
With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and K on the RKE transmitter at the same time
for approximately three seconds. The turn signal lamps will flash twice quickly to indicate access is enabled.
Passive Locking
If equipped with Keyless Access, the vehicle will lock several seconds after all doors are closed if the vehicle is off and at least one transmitter has been removed or none remain in the vehicle.
The fuel door will lock.
If other electronic devices interfere with the RKE transmitter signal, the vehicle may not detect the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. If passive locking is enabled, the doors may lock with the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. Do not leave the RKE transmitter in an unattended vehicle.
Temporary Disable of Passive Locking
Temporarily disable passive locking by
pressing and holding K on the interior door
switch with a door open for at least four seconds, or until three chimes are heard. Passive locking will then remain
disabled until Q on the interior door is
pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on.
To customize the doors to automatically lock when exiting the vehicle, see Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Remote Left In Vehicle Alert
When the vehicle is turned off and an RKE transmitter is left in the vehicle, the horn will chirp three times after all doors are closed. To turn on or off see Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert
If the vehicle is on with a door open, and then all doors are closed, the vehicle will check for RKE transmitters inside. If an RKE transmitter is not detected, the Driver Information Center (DIC) will display NO REMOTE DETECTED and the horn will chirp three times. This occurs only once each time the vehicle is driven. To turn on or off see Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Keyless Liftgate Opening
To open the liftgate, press the touch pad on the rear of the liftgate above the license plate. The doors must be unlocked or the RKE transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft).
Key Access
To access a vehicle with a weak transmitter battery, see Door Locks 0 14.
Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed to the vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer. The vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or stolen transmitters no longer work. Any remaining transmitters will need to be reprogrammed. Each vehicle can have up to eight transmitters matched to it.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter Battery
If the RKE transmitter battery is weak, the DIC may display NO REMOTE DETECTED when trying to start the vehicle. The DIC may also display REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY .
Keys, Doors, and Windows 13
For improved vehicle security, the RKE transmitter is equipped with a motion sensor. When starting the vehicle, if the RKE transmitter has been idle for a while, move the RKE transmitter slightly and try starting the vehicle. When starting the vehicle, if the RKE transmitter battery is depleted or there is signal interference, the DIC may display NO REMOTE DETECTED, REPLACE BATTERY IN KEY, or NO REMOTE DETECTED PLACE KEY IN KEY POCKET THEN START YOUR VEHICLE, follow the steps shown below.
To start the vehicle:
1. Place the RKE transmitter in the transmitter pocket with the buttons facing the front of the vehicle.
2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral), press the brake pedal, and press ENGINE START/STOP.
Replace the transmitter battery as soon as possible.
Battery Replacement (2LT Only)
Replace the battery in the transmitter soon if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.
14 Keys, Doors, and Windows
{ Warning
Never allow children to play with the RKE transmitter. The transmitter contains a small battery, which can be a choking hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can occur, resulting in severe injury or death. Seek medical attention immediately if a battery is swallowed.
{ Warning
To avoid personal injury, do not touch metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter when it has been exposed to extreme heat. These surfaces can be hot to the touch at temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F).
Caution When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter.
Caution Always replace the battery with the correct type. Replacing the battery with an incorrect type could potentially create a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of used batteries according to instructions and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid exposing the battery to environments with extremely low air pressures or high temperatures. To replace the battery:
1. Remove the key from the RKE transmitter.
2. Insert a flat, thin object in the center of the transmitter to separate and remove the back cover.
3. Lift the battery with a flat object.
4. Remove the battery.
5. Insert the new battery, positive side toward the back cover. Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery.
6. Push the transmitter together.
7. Reinsert the key.
Door Locks
{ Warning
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
. Passengers, especially children, can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle. The doors can be unlocked and opened while the vehicle is moving. The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the doors are not locked. So, all passengers should wear seat belts properly and the doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is driven. (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
. Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it.
. Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors can help prevent this from happening.
To lock or unlock the doors from outside the vehicle, use the key in the driver door or
press Q or K on the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 9 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 11.
Keyless Access
If equipped, the RKE transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the door or liftgate being opened.
Press the button on the door handle to open. See "Keyless Access Operation" under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 9 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 11.
Power Door Locks
To lock and unlock the doors from inside the vehicle:
. Press Q or K, if equipped.
. Use the lock knob on the top of the door panel.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 15
Delayed Locking
This feature delays the locking of the doors until five seconds after all doors are closed.
Delayed locking can only be turned on when the Open Door Anti-Lockout feature has been turned off.
When Q is pressed on the power door lock
switch while the door is open, a chime will sound three times indicating delayed locking is active.
The doors will lock automatically five seconds after all doors are closed. If a door is reopened before that time, the five-second timer will reset when all doors are closed again.
Press Q on the door lock switch again or press Q on the RKE transmitter to lock the
doors immediately.
This feature can also be programmed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Automatic Door Locks
If equipped, the vehicle is programmed so that when the doors are closed, the ignition is on, and the shift lever is moved out of P (Park) for automatic transmissions, or the
16 Keys, Doors, and Windows
vehicle speed is above 13 km/h (8 mph) for manual transmissions, the doors and the liftgate will lock.
To unlock the doors and the liftgate:
. Press K on the door.
. If equipped with an automatic transmission, shift the transmission into P (Park).
. If equipped with a manual transmission, remove the key from the ignition.
Lockout Protection
Key Access : When locking is requested with the driver door open and the key in the ignition, all the doors will lock and then the driver door will unlock.
This can be manually overridden by pressing
and holding Q on the power door lock
switch.
Keyless Access : When locking is requested with the driver door open and the vehicle is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, all the doors will lock and then the driver door will unlock.
If the vehicle is off and locking is requested while a door is open, when all doors are closed the vehicle will check for RKE transmitters inside. If an RKE transmitter is
detected and the number of RKE transmitters inside has not reduced, the driver door will unlock and the horn will sound three times.
This can be manually overridden by pressing
and holding Q on the power door lock
switch.
Open Door Anti-Lockout
If Open Door Anti-Lockout is turned on and the vehicle is off, the driver door is open, and locking is requested, all the doors will lock and the driver door will remain open. The Open Door Anti-Lockout feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Safety Locks
The vehicle has rear door safety locks on each rear door that prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from the inside. Using the Rear Door Safety Lock 1. Move the lever up to lock. 2. Close the door. 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other rear
door lock.
Caution
Pulling the inside door handle while the rear door safety locks are engaged could damage your vehicle. Do not pull the inside door handle while the rear door safety locks are engaged.
The rear doors on the vehicle cannot be opened from the inside while this feature is in use.
Opening a Rear Door When the Safety Lock Is On 1. Unlock the door from the inside. 2. Open the door from the outside.
For the rear doors to open from the inside, the safety locks have to be moved back to the unlock position.
Canceling a Rear Door Safety Lock 1. Unlock the door from the inside and
open the door from the outside. 2. Move the lever down to unlock. 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the other rear
door lock.
The rear door locks can now be locked and unlocked normally.
Doors
Liftgate
{ Warning
Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate, hatch/trunk open, or with any objects that pass through the seal between the body and the hatch/trunk or liftgate. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate or hatch/trunk open:
. Close all of the windows.
. Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel.
. Adjust the climate control system to a setting that brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the highest setting. See "Climate Control Systems" in the Index.
. If the vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate, disable the power liftgate function. (Continued)
Keys, Doors, and Windows 17
Warning (Continued) For more information about carbon monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 141.
Caution To avoid damage to the liftgate or liftgate glass, make sure the area above and behind the liftgate is clear before opening it.
To unlock the liftgate, press K on the
power door lock switch or on the RKE transmitter to unlock all doors. If equipped, use the key in the key cylinder.
18 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Press the touch pad and lift to open or, if equipped, pull the handle and lift up.
To lock the liftgate, press Q on the power
door lock switch or on the RKE transmitter. If equipped, lock using the key in the key cylinder. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 9 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 11.
When closing the liftgate, close from the center so that it fully latches.
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; however, they do not make the vehicle impossible to steal.
Vehicle Alarm System
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm system.
The security light, on the instrument panel near the windshield, indicates the status of the system:
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the delay to arm the system.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door, the hood, or the liftgate is open.
Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed.
Arming the Alarm System 1. Turn off the vehicle. 2. Lock the vehicle with one of the
following: . Use the RKE transmitter.
. With a door open, press Q on the
interior.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will arm, and the indicator light will begin to slowly flash indicating the alarm system
is operating. Pressing Q on the RKE
transmitter a second time will bypass the 30-second delay and immediately arm the alarm system.
The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the doors are locked with the key.
If the driver door or liftgate is opened without first unlocking with the RKE transmitter, the horn will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate a pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, or the door is
not unlocked by pressing K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated.
The alarm will also be activated if the passenger door, the liftgate, or the hood is opened without first disarming the system. When the alarm is activated, the turn signals flash and the horn sounds for about 30 seconds. The alarm system will then re-arm to monitor for the next unauthorized event.
Disarming the System
To disarm the system or turn off the alarm if it has been activated, do one of the following:
. Press K on the RKE transmitter.
. Start the vehicle.
To avoid setting off the alarm by accident:
. Lock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter after all occupants have left the vehicle and all doors are closed.
. Always unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Unlocking the driver door with the key will not disarm the alarm.
Unlocking the driver door with the key will not disarm the system or turn off the alarm.
How to Detect a Tamper Condition
If K is pressed on the RKE transmitter and
the horn chirps or the lights flash three times, a previous alarm occurred while the system was armed.
If the alarm has been activated, a message will appear on the DIC. See Vehicle Messages (Base Level Cluster) 0 86 or Vehicle Messages (Uplevel Cluster) 0 87 for more information.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 246.
Immobilizer Operation (Key Access)
This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent system. The system does not have to be manually armed or disarmed. The vehicle is automatically immobilized when the key is removed from the ignition. The system is automatically disarmed when the vehicle is started with the correct key. The key uses a transponder that matches an immobilizer control unit in the vehicle and automatically disarms the system. Only an authorized key starts the vehicle. The vehicle may not start if the key is damaged.
The security light, in the instrument cluster, comes on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 19
When trying to start the vehicle, the security light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the security light stays on, there is a problem with the system. Turn the ignition off and try again.
If the engine still does not start, and the key appears to be undamaged or the light continues to stay on, try another ignition key. If the engine does not start with the other key, the vehicle needs service. If the vehicle does start, the first key may be damaged. See your dealer who can service the theft-deterrent system and have a new key made.
Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Immobilizer Operation (Keyless Access)
This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be manually armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically immobilized when the transmitter leaves the vehicle.
20 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The immobilization system is disarmed when the ignition button is pressed and a valid transmitter is found in the vehicle.
The security light in the instrument cluster comes on when there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system. The system has one or more transmitters matched to an immobilizer control unit in your vehicle. Only a correctly matched transmitter will start the vehicle. If the transmitter is ever damaged, you may not be able to start your vehicle. When trying to start the vehicle, the security light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on. If the engine does not start and the security light stays on, there is a problem with the system. Turn the vehicle off and try again. If the RKE transmitter appears to be undamaged, try another transmitter. Or, you may try placing the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket in the center console. See "Starting the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter Battery" under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 9 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 11.
If the engine does not start with the other transmitter or when the transmitter is in the pocket in the center console, your vehicle needs service. See your dealer who can service the theft-deterrent system and have a new transmitter programmed to the vehicle.
Do not leave the transmitter or device that disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{ Warning
A convex mirror can make things, like other vehicles, look farther away than they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you could hit a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued) vehicle on the right. Check the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes. The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. A convex mirror's surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat.
Manual Mirrors
If equipped, controls for the outside manual mirrors are next to each mirror. Adjust to see a little of the side of the vehicle.
Power Mirrors
1. If equipped, move the selector switch to L (Left) or R (Right) to choose the driver or passenger mirror.
2. Use the control knob to adjust the mirror so the side and the area behind the vehicle can be seen.
3. Return the selector switch to the center when done.
Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors The vehicle has manual folding mirrors. These mirrors can be folded inward to prevent damage when going through an
automatic car wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward to return it to the original position.
Heated Mirrors
If equipped, the rear window defogger also heats the outside mirrors.
1 : Press to heat the outside mirrors.
See "Rear Window Defogger" under Climate Control Systems 0 118.
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind your vehicle.
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle may have three control buttons at the bottom of the mirror. See OnStar Overview 0 250.
To avoid accidental OnStar calls, clean the mirror with the ignition off. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 21
Manual Rearview Mirror
Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it rearward for nighttime use to avoid glare of the headlamps from behind.
Windows
{ Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke.
22 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the sound, open a front window.
Manual Windows
If equipped, turn the hand crank on each door to manually raise or lower the manual windows.
The rear windows do not open fully.
Power Windows
{ Warning
Children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window. Never leave keys in a vehicle with children. When there are children in the rear seat, use the window lockout button to prevent operation of the windows. See Keys 0 6.
Power windows work when the ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 139.
Using the window switch, press to open or pull to close the window.
The windows may be temporarily disabled if they are used repeatedly within a short time.
Window Lockout
This feature stops the rear door passenger window switches from working.
. Press Z to engage the rear window
lockout feature.
. Press Z again to disengage.
Window Express Movement
All windows can be opened without holding the window switch. Press the switch down fully and quickly release to express open the window.
If equipped, pull the window switch up fully and quickly release to express close the window.
Briefly press or pull the window switch in the same direction to stop that window's express movement.
Window Automatic Reversal System
The express-close feature will reverse window movement if it comes in contact with an object. Extreme cold or ice could cause the window to auto-reverse. The window will operate normally after the object or condition is removed.
Automatic Reversal System Override
{ Warning
If automatic reversal system override is active, the window will not reverse automatically. You or others could be injured and the window could be
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
damaged. Before using automatic reversal system override, make sure that all people and obstructions are clear of the window path.
When the engine is on, override the automatic reversal system by pulling and holding the window switch if conditions prevent it from closing.
Programming the Power Windows
Programming may be necessary if the vehicle battery has been disconnected or discharged. If the window is unable to express-up, program each express-close window:
1. Close all doors.
2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ ACCESSORY.
3. Partially open the window to be programmed. Then close it and continue to pull the switch briefly after the window has fully closed.
4. Open the window and continue to press the switch briefly after the window has fully opened.
Sun Visors
Pull the sun visor down to block out glare. Detach the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side.
Visor Vanity Mirror
The vehicle may have vanity mirrors and card holders on the back of the sun visors. Swing down the sun visor to expose the vanity mirror.
Roof
Sunroof
If equipped, the ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be active to operate the sunroof. See Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) 0 135 or Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 133 and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 139.
Keys, Doors, and Windows 23
Express-Vent/Open : Press and release e (1) to express-vent. Press and release e (1)
again to express-open the sunroof. Press the switch again to stop movement. The sunshade automatically opens with the sunroof, but must be closed manually.
Vent/Open : Press and hold e (1) to vent. Press and hold e (1) again to open the
sunroof. Release the switch to stop movement. The sunshade automatically opens with the sunroof, but must be closed manually.
Close : Press and hold g (2) to close.
Release the switch to stop movement.
24 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The sunroof cannot be opened or closed if the vehicle has an electrical failure.
Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof seal or in the track. This could cause an issue with sunroof operation or noise. It could also plug the water drainage system. Periodically open the sunroof and remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not remove grease from the sunroof.
Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Front Seats Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Rear Seats Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Seat Belts Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 32 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . 35 Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Airbag System Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 40 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 40 How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 41
What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Child Restraints Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Seats and Restraints 25
Head Restraints { Warning
With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.
Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant's head. This position reduces the chances of a neck injury in a crash.
26 Seats and Restraints Front Seats
The front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.
The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise it. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place. To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the head restraint down. Try to move the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place.
Rear Seats The vehicle's rear seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.
The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise it. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place. To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the head restraint down. Try to move the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place.
If you are installing a child restraint in the rear seat, see "Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 53.
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats
{ Warning
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a driver seat while the vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving.
To adjust the seat:
1. Lift the bar under the front edge of the seat cushion to unlock the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar.
3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure it is locked in place.
Seat Height Adjuster
Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
If available, move the lever up or down to manually raise or lower the seat.
To recline the seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then release the lever to lock the seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked in place.
Seats and Restraints 27
To return the seatback to the upright position:
1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts cannot do their job.
The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear the seat belt properly.
28 Seats and Restraints
Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is moving.
Front Seat Armrest
There is an armrest on the inboard side of the driver seat. To raise or lower the armrest, push up or pull down on the armrest.
Heated Front Seats
{ Warning
If temperature change or pain to the skin cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use care when using the seat heater, especially for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket, cushion, cover, or similar item. This may cause the seat heater to overheat. An overheated seat heater may cause a burn or may damage the seat.
If equipped, the buttons are on the center console. To operate, the engine must be running.
Press L or M to heat the driver or
passenger seat. The indicator light on the control turns on when this feature is on. Press the control again to turn this feature off.
The passenger seat may take longer to heat up.
Rear Seats
Rear Seat Reminder
If equipped, the message REAR SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays under certain conditions indicating there may be an item or passenger in the rear seat. Check before exiting the vehicle.
This feature will activate when a second row door is opened while the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned on. There will be an alert when the vehicle is turned off. The alert does not directly detect objects in the rear seat; instead, under certain conditions, it detects when a rear door is opened and closed, indicating that there may be something in the rear seat.
The feature is active only once each time the vehicle is turned on and off, and will require reactivation by opening and closing the second row doors. There may be an alert even when there is nothing in the rear seat; for example, if a child entered the vehicle through the rear door and left the vehicle without the vehicle being shut off.
The feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Folding the Seatback
Either side of the seatback can be folded down for more cargo space. Fold a seatback only when the vehicle is not moving.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle the seat belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat.
To fold a seatback down:
1. Slide the front seats forward and place the front seatbacks in the upright position. See Seat Adjustment 0 26 and Reclining Seatbacks 0 27.
2. Remove the rear head restraints. See "Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 53.
3. Pull up on the front edge of the rear seat cushion to release it. Tilt the seat cushion forward toward the front of the vehicle.
Seats and Restraints 29
4. Pull up the release knob on the top of the seatback.
5. Fold the seatback forward and down.
30 Seats and Restraints
6. Repeat Steps 15 for the other seatback and seat cushion, if desired.
Raising the Seatback
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
{ Warning
A seat belt that is improperly routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After raising the rear seatback, always check to be sure that the seat belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. To return the rear seats to the normal seating position:
1. Move the seat belt out of the way by putting the seat belts into the belt guide on the trim.
The seat belt should not cross the seatback locking mechanism when raising the seatback.
2. Lift the seatback up slightly and reinstall the head restraint. See "Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 53.
3. Push the seatback rearward all the way to lock it in place.
4. Push and pull the top of the seatback to be sure it is locked into position.
5. Return the seat cushion to its original position and push down on the front part of the seat cushion until it latches.
6. Remove the seat belt from the belt guide on the trim.
7. Repeat Steps 16 for the other seatback and seat cushion, if necessary.
If added cargo space is not needed, the seatbacks should be kept in the upright, locked position.
Seat Belts
This section describes how to use seat belts properly, and some things not to do.
{ Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt cannot be worn properly. In a crash, if you or your passenger(s) are not wearing seat belts, injuries can be much worse than if you are wearing seat belts. You can be seriously injured or killed by hitting things inside the vehicle harder or by being ejected from the vehicle. In addition, anyone who is not buckled up can strike other passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow passengers to ride in any area of the vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.
Always wear a seat belt, and check that all passenger(s) are restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 73.
Why Seat Belts Work
When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops suddenly, you keep going until something stops you. It could be the windshield, the instrument panel, or the seat belts! When you wear a seat belt, you and the vehicle slow down together. There is more time to stop because you stop over a longer distance and, when worn properly, your strongest bones take the forces from the seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts makes such good sense.
Seats and Restraints 31
Questions and Answers About Seat Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a seat belt?
A: You could be -- whether you are wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance of being conscious during and after a crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I have to wear seat belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. They work with seat belts -- not instead of them. Whether or not an airbag is provided, all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in all Canadian provinces, the law requires wearing seat belts.
32 Seats and Restraints
How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
Follow these rules for everyone's protection.
There are additional things to know about seat belts and children, including smaller children and infants. If a child will be riding in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 47 or Infants and Young Children 0 48. Review and follow the rules for children in addition to the following rules.
It is very important for all occupants to buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing seat belts.
There are important things to know about wearing a seat belt properly.
. Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you (if possible).
. Always use the correct buckle for your seating position.
. Wear the lap part of the belt low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries.
. Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly.
Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to become loose or twisted.
Always use the correct buckle for your seating position.
Seats and Restraints 33
{ Warning
The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim pieces.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt.
The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable,
so you can sit up straight. To see how, see "Seats" in the Index.
Never wear the shoulder belt under both arms or behind your back.
Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an armrest.
34 Seats and Restraints
position on the seat, move the seat rearward or recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases.
Engaging the child restraint locking feature in the front outboard seating position may affect the passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 42.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. See Child Restraint Systems 0 50. If this occurs, let the belt go back all the way and start again. If the locking feature stays engaged after letting the belt go back to stowed
If the webbing locks in the latch plate before it reaches the buckle, tilt the latch plate to flat to unlock.
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 36.
Position the release button on the buckle so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary.
4. To make the lap part tight, pull up on the shoulder belt.
To unlatch the belt, push the button on the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed position.
Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed position, the retractor may lock and cannot be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat belt straight out firmly to unlock the webbing, and then release it. If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your dealer.
Before a door is closed, be sure the belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a seat belt, damage can occur to both the seat belt and the vehicle.
Seat Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for the front outboard occupants. Although the seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they are part of the seat belt assembly. They can help tighten the seat belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near frontal, or rear crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help tighten the seat belts in a side crash or a rollover event.
Seats and Restraints 35
Pretensioners work only once. If the pretensioners activate in a crash, the pretensioners and probably other parts of the vehicle's seat belt system will need to be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash 0 37.
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while entering or exiting the vehicle or at any time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the seat belt can damage the webbing and hardware.
Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides
Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide added seat belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults. When installed on a shoulder belt, the comfort guide positions the shoulder belt away from the neck and head.
Comfort guides are available through your dealer for the rear outboard seating positions. Instructions are included with the guides.
Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy
Seat belts work for everyone, including pregnant women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear seat belts.
36 Seats and Restraints
A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below the rounding, throughout the pregnancy. The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a seat belt is worn properly, it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making seat belts effective is wearing them properly.
Seat Belt Extender
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around you, you should use it.
But if a seat belt is not long enough, your dealer will order you an extender. When you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the extender will be long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The extender has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child restraints. For more information on the proper use and fit of seat belt extenders see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender.
Safety System Check
Periodically check the seat belt reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), and seat belt anchorages to make sure they are all in working order. Look for any other loose or damaged seat belt system parts that might keep a seat belt system from performing properly. See your dealer to have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted seat belts may not protect you in a crash. Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, have it replaced immediately. If a belt is twisted, it may be possible to untwist by
reversing the latch plate on the webbing. If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your dealer to fix it.
Make sure the seat belt reminder light is working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 73.
Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt Care 0 36.
Seat Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.
Seat belts should be properly cared for and maintained.
Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in the system please see the dealer. Parts may need to be replaced to ensure proper functionality of the system.
{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. It may severely weaken the webbing. In a crash, they might not be able to
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
provide adequate protection. Clean and rinse seat belt webbing only with mild soap and lukewarm water. Allow the webbing to dry.
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash
{ Warning
A crash can damage the seat belt system in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt system may not properly protect the person using it, resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the seat belt systems are working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of seat belts may not be necessary. But the seat belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged. See your dealer to have the seat belt assemblies inspected or replaced.
New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the seat belt system was not being used at the time of the crash.
Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or while you are driving. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 74.
Airbag System
The vehicle has the following airbags:
. A frontal airbag for the driver . A frontal airbag for the front outboard
passenger
. A knee airbag for the driver . A knee airbag for the front outboard
passenger
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the driver
. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the front outboard passenger
. Seat-mounted side impact airbags for the second row outboard passengers
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the passenger seated directly behind the driver
Seats and Restraints 37
. A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard passenger and the passenger seated directly behind the front outboard passenger
All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on the trim or on a label near the deployment opening.
For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the center of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the front outboard passenger.
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the lower part of the instrument panel.
For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback or side of the seat closest to the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by seat belts. Even though today's airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system:
38 Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your seat belt, even with airbags. Airbags are designed to work with seat belts, not replace them. Also, airbags are not designed to inflate in every crash. In some crashes seat belts are the only restraint. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 40.
Wearing your seat belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it. Airbags are "supplemental restraints" to the seat belts. Everyone in the vehicle should wear a seat belt properly, whether or not there is an airbag for that person.
{ Warning
Because airbags inflate with great force and faster than the blink of an eye, anyone who is up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Do not sit
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you would be if sitting on the edge of the seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help keep you in position before and during a crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with airbags. The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The seat belts and the front outboard passenger airbags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor.
Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.
{ Warning
Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Always secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children 0 47 or Infants and Young Children 0 48.
There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 74.
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver frontal airbag is in the center of the steering wheel.
The front outboard passenger frontal airbag is in the passenger side instrument panel.
Seats and Restraints 39
The driver knee airbag is below the steering column. The front outboard passenger knee airbag is below the glove box.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
The driver and front outboard passenger seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door.
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front passenger, and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows.
Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar
On vehicles with second row seat-mounted side impact airbags, they are in the sides of the seatback closest to the door.
{ Warning
If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death. The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag, and
(Continued)
40 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a rope or tie-down through any door or window opening. If you do, the path of an inflating roof-rail airbag will be blocked.
When Should an Airbag Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See Airbag System 0 37. Airbags are designed to inflate if the impact exceeds the specific airbag system's deployment threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants. The vehicle has electronic sensors that help the airbag system determine the severity of the impact. Deployment thresholds can vary with specific vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or front outboard passenger's head and chest.
Whether the frontal airbags will or should inflate is not based primarily on how fast the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what is hit, the direction of the impact, and how quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds depending on whether the vehicle hits an object straight on or at an angle, and whether the object is fixed or moving, rigid or deformable, narrow or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, or in many side impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has advanced technology frontal airbags. Advanced technology frontal airbags adjust the restraint according to either crash severity or occupant interaction.
Knee airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal impacts. Knee airbags are not designed to inflate during vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, or in many side impacts.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes depending on the location of the impact. Seat-mounted side impact airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact airbag is designed to inflate on the side of the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes depending on the location of the impact. In addition, these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate during a rollover or in a severe frontal impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags will inflate when either side of the vehicle is struck, if the sensing system predicts that the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, or in a severe frontal impact.
In any particular crash, no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the vehicle damage or repair costs.
What Makes an Airbag Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator. Gas from the
inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, and related hardware are all part of the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 38.
How Does an Airbag Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions, even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel. In moderate to severe side collisions, even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection provided by seat belts by distributing the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant's body.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are designed to help contain the head and chest of occupants in the outboard seating positions in the first and second rows. The rollover capable roof-rail airbags are designed to help reduce the risk of full or partial ejection in rollover events, although no system can prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many types of collisions, primarily because the occupant's motion is not toward those airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 40.
Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to seat belts.
What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates?
After frontal, knee, and seat-mounted side impact airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so quickly that some people may not even realize the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they inflate. Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes. For location of the airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 38.
The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm, but not too hot to touch. There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle, nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle.
Seats and Restraints 41
{ Warning
When an airbag inflates, there may be dust in the air. This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so. If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get fresh air by opening a window or a door. If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment, you should seek medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors, turn on the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, and shut off the fuel system after the airbags inflate. The feature may also activate, without airbag inflation, after an event that exceeds a predetermined threshold. After turning the ignition off and then on again, the fuel system will return to normal operation; the doors can be locked, the interior lamps can be turned off, and the hazard warning flashers can be turned
42 Seats and Restraints
off using the controls for those features. If any of these systems are damaged in the crash they may not operate as normal.
{ Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate the airbags may have also damaged important functions in the vehicle, such as the fuel system, brake and steering systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears to be drivable after a moderate crash, there may be concealed damage that could make it difficult to safely operate the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt to restart the engine after a crash has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag, windshields are broken by vehicle deformation. Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the front outboard passenger airbag. . Airbags are designed to inflate only once.
After an airbag inflates, you will need some new parts for the airbag system. If you do not get them, the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash. A new system will
include airbag modules and possibly other parts. The service manual for the vehicle covers the need to replace other parts. . The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash. See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 0 248 and Event Data Recorders 0 248. . Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag system. Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly. See your dealer for service.
Passenger Sensing System
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the front outboard passenger position. The passenger airbag status indicator will light on the overhead console when the vehicle is started.
United States
Canada
The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for on and off, will be visible during the system check. When the system check is complete, either the word ON or OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 74.
The passenger sensing system turns off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by the passenger sensing system.
The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the front outboard passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag should be allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint for their weight and size.
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag inflates.
{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger airbag(s), no system is fail-safe. No one
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though the airbag(s) are off.
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat, even if the airbag is off. If securing a forward-facing child restraint in the front outboard passenger seat, always move the seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure child restraints in the rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to transport the child when a rear seat is not available.
The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag if:
. The front outboard passenger seat is unoccupied.
. The system determines an infant is present in a child restraint.
. A front outboard passenger takes his/her weight off of the seat for a period of time.
. There is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system.
Seats and Restraints 43
When the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag, the OFF indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder that the airbags are off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 74.
The passenger sensing system is designed to turn on the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front outboard passenger seat. When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbags to be enabled, the ON indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder that the airbags are active.
For some children, including children in child restraints, and for very small adults, the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag, depending upon the person's seating posture and body build. Everyone in the vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a seat belt properly -- whether or not there is an airbag for that person.
44 Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 74 for more information, including important safety information.
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint
The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag if the system determines that an infant is present in a child restraint. If a child restraint has been installed and the ON indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items from the seat such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint following the directions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and refer to Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 60 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 62.
5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle, the ON indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback and adjust the seat cushion, if adjustable, to make sure that the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child restraint into the seat cushion. Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint. If this happens, adjust the head restraint. See Head Restraints 0 25.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the airbags for a child in a child restraint depending upon the child's size. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat, even if the ON indicator is not lit.
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an Adult-Sized Occupant
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF indicator is lit, it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat or that the child restraint locking feature is engaged. Use the following steps to allow the system to detect that person and enable the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag: 1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Remove any additional material from the
seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, centered on the seat cushion, with legs comfortably extended.
5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature will be engaged. This may unintentionally cause the passenger sensing system to turn the airbag off for some adult-sized occupants. If this happens, unbuckle the belt and let the belt go back all the way, and then buckle the belt again without pulling the belt out all the way.
6. Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes after the ON indicator is lit.
{ Warning
If the front outboard passenger airbag is turned off for an adult-sized occupant, the airbag will not be able to inflate and help protect that person in a crash, resulting in an increased risk of serious injury or even death. An adult-sized
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
occupant should not ride in the front outboard passenger seat, if the passenger airbag OFF indicator is lit.
Additional Factors Affecting System Operation
Seat belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking, which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status. See "Seat Belts" and "Child Restraints" in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material, such as a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates. We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when approved by GM for your specific vehicle. See Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 46 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates.
Seats and Restraints 45
The ON indicator may be lit if an object, such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device, is put on an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, remove the object from the seat.
{ Warning
Stowing articles under the passenger seat or between the passenger seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system.
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle should be serviced. There are parts of the airbag system in several places around the vehicle. Your dealer and the service manual have information about servicing the vehicle and the airbag system. To purchase a service manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 246.
46 Seats and Restraints
{ Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is turned off and the battery is disconnected, an airbag can still inflate during improper service. You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. They are probably part of the airbag system. Be sure to follow proper service procedures, and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so.
Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the vehicle's frame, bumper system, height, front end, or side sheet metal may keep the airbag system from working properly.
The operation of the airbag system can also be affected by changing, including improperly repairing or replacing, any parts of the following: . Airbag system, including airbag modules,
front or side impact sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, or airbag wiring
. Front seats, including stitching, seams or zippers
. Seat belts
. Steering wheel, instrument panel, overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillar garnish trim
. Inner door seals, including speakers
Your dealer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, and airbag wiring along with the proper replacement procedures.
In addition, the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the front outboard passenger position, which includes sensors that are part of the passenger seat. The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or with GM covers, upholstery, or trim designed for a different vehicle. Any object, such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed under or on top of the seat fabric, could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system. This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing
system from properly turning off the passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing System 0 42.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 202 for additional important information.
If the vehicle must be modified because you have a disability and have questions about whether the modifications will affect the vehicle's airbag system, or if you have questions about whether the airbag system will be affected if the vehicle is modified for any other reason, call Customer Assistance. See Customer Assistance Offices 0 240.
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. Make sure the airbag readiness light is working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 74.
Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, or broken, the airbag may not work properly. Do not open or break the airbag coverings. If there are any opened or broken airbag coverings, have the airbag
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
covering and/or airbag module replaced. For the location of the airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 38. See your dealer for service.
Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash
{ Warning
A crash can damage the airbag systems in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system may not properly protect you and your passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To help make sure the airbag systems are working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to replace airbag system parts. See your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on when you are driving, the airbag system may not work properly. Have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 74.
Child Restraints
Older Children
Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle's seat belts. The manufacturer instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster. Use a booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until the child passes the fit test below:
Seats and Restraints 47
. Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat.
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear seat belt comfort guide, if available. See "Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides" under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 33. If a comfort guide is not available, or if the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder, then return to the booster seat.
. Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat.
. Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat.
Q: What is the proper way to wear seat belts?
A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck. The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips, just touching the top of the thighs. This applies belt force to the child's pelvic bones in a crash. It should never
48 Seats and Restraints
be worn over the abdomen, which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash.
Also see "Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides" under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 33.
According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in a rear seating position.
In a crash, children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use seat belts properly.
{ Warning
Never allow more than one child to wear the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot properly spread the impact forces. In a crash, they can be crushed together and seriously injured. A seat belt must be used by only one person at a time.
{ Warning
Never allow a child to wear the seat belt shoulder belt under both arms or behind their back. A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest.
Infants and Young Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This includes infants and all other children. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle.
{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
tighten but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the shoulder belt is allowed to go all the way back into the retractor, but it cannot do this if it is wrapped around a child's neck. If the shoulder belt is locked and tightened around a child's neck, the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it.
Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the seat belts.
Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them.
Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{ Warning
Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash. For example, in a crash at only 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's arms. An infant or child should be secured in an appropriate child restraint.
Seats and Restraints 49
{ Warning
Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to secure a forward-facing child restraint in a rear seat. If you must secure a forward-facing child restraint in the front outboard seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go.
Child restraints are devices used to restrain, seat, or position children in the vehicle and are sometimes called child seats or car seats.
50 Seats and Restraints
There are three basic types of child restraints:
. Forward-facing child restraints
. Rear-facing child restraints
. Belt-positioning booster seats
The proper child restraint for your child depends on their size, weight, and age, and also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used.
For each type of child restraint, there are many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the child restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards.
The instruction manual that is provided with the child restraint states the weight and height limitations for that particular child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of child restraints available for children with special needs.
{ Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and head injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they reach the maximum height and weight limits of their child restraint.
{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still so small that the vehicle seat belt may not remain low on the hip bones, as it should. Instead, it may settle up around the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash, young children should always be secured in an appropriate child restraint.
Child Restraint Systems
Rear-Facing Infant Restraint A rear-facing child restraint provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint.
Forward-Facing Child Restraint
A forward-facing child restraint provides restraint for the child's body with the harness.
Booster Seats
A belt-positioning booster seat is used for children who have outgrown their forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt system until the child is large enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit properly without a booster seat. See the seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 47.
Seats and Restraints 51
Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH system, following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the instructions in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury, the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 53 for more information. Children can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the following:
1. Instruction labels provided on the child restraint
52 Seats and Restraints
2. Instruction manual provided with the child restraint
3. This vehicle owner's manual
The child restraint instructions are important, so if they are not available, obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle -- even when no child is in it.
In some areas Certified Child Passenger Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to inspect and demonstrate how to correctly use and install child restraints. In the U.S., refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) website to locate the nearest child safety seat inspection station. For CPST availability in Canada, check with Transport Canada or the Provincial Ministry of Transportation office.
Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint.
Where to Put the Restraint
According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in an appropriate child restraint secured in a rear seating position.
Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag deploys.
{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front passenger airbag inflates. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the front passenger frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though it is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 42 for additional information.
When securing a child restraint with the seat belts in a rear seat position, study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats vary considerably in size, and some may fit in certain seating positions better than others. Do not install a child restraint in any rear seating position where it cannot be installed securely.
Depending on where you place the child restraint and the size of the child restraint, you may not be able to access adjacent seat belts or LATCH anchors for additional passengers or child restraints. Adjacent seating positions should not be used if the child restraint prevents access to or interferes with the routing of the seat belt.
The seat in front of an installed child restraint should be adjusted to ensure proper installation according to the child restraint manual.
Wherever a child restraint is installed, be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and secure the child restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle -- even when no child is in it.
Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child restraint during driving or in a crash. LATCH attachments on the child restraint are used to attach the child restraint to the anchors in the vehicle. The LATCH system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can be properly installed using either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle's seat belts. Do not use both the seat belts and the LATCH anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or forward-facing child seat.
Booster seats use the vehicle's seat belts to secure the child in the booster seat. If the manufacturer recommends that the booster seat be secured with the LATCH system, this
Seats and Restraints 53
can be done as long as the booster seat can be positioned properly and there is no interference with the proper positioning of the lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint, and also the instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the seat belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor.
For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child restraint where the combined weight of the child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either the lower LATCH anchorages with the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt with the top tether anchorage. Where the combined weight of the child and restraint are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt with the top tether anchorage only.
54 Seats and Restraints
Restraint Type
Rear-Facing Child Restraint Rear-Facing Child Restraint Forward-Facing Child Restraint Forward-Facing Child Restraint
Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints
Combined Weight of the Child + Child Restraint
Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X
LATCH Lower Anchors Only
Seat Belt Only
LATCH Lower Anchors and Top Tether Anchor
Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb)
X
X
Greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb)
Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb)
X X
Greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb)
Seat Belt and Top Tether Anchor
X X
See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 60 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 62.
Child restraints built after March 2014 will be labeled with the specific child weight up to which the LATCH system can be used to install the restraint.
The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments. In this case, the seat belt must be used (with top tether where available) to secure the child restraint. See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 60 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 62.
Lower Anchors
Top Tether Anchor
Seats and Restraints 55
the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments (2).
A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure the top of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The top tether attachment hook (2) on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment hook (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require
I : Seating positions with top tether
anchors.
H : Seating positions with two lower
anchors.
56 Seats and Restraints
To assist in locating the lower anchors, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels, near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion.
To assist in locating the top tether anchors, the top tether anchor symbol is near the trim opening used to access the anchor.
The top tether anchors are located on the rear seatbacks. Be sure to use an anchor located directly behind the seating position where the child restraint will be placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached.
According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 52 for additional information.
Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System
{ Warning
A child could be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly attached to the vehicle using either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle seat belt. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual.
{ Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash, do not attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash. A child or others could be injured.
{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the shoulder belt is allowed to go all the way back into the retractor, but it cannot do this if it is wrapped around a child's neck. If the shoulder belt is locked and tightened around a child's neck, the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it.
Buckle any unused seat belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock, and tighten the belt behind the child restraint after the child restraint has been installed.
Caution
Do not let the LATCH attachments rub against the vehicle's seat belts. This may damage these parts. If necessary, move buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments.
Do not fold the rear seatback when the seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty rear seat with a seat belt buckled. This could damage the seat belt or the seat. Unbuckle and return the seat belt to its stowed position, before folding the seat.
If you need to secure more than one child restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put the Restraint 0 52.
1. Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors. If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors, secure the child restraint with the top tether and the seat belt. Refer to the child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
Seats and Restraints 57
For rear outboard seating positions, if the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the child restraint, the head restraint may be removed. See "Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" at the end of this section.
When installing a rear-facing child restraint, it may be necessary to move the front seat forward to properly install the child restraint per the child restraint manufacturer instructions. See Seat Adjustment 0 26.
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached, attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor, if equipped. Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
2.2. Attach the top tether to the top tether anchor. The cargo cover can be removed and placed in a secure
58 Seats and Restraints
area if it interferes with the attachment of the top tether to the top tether anchor. 2.3. Route, attach, and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions:
If you are using a single tether in an outboard seating position and the head restraint has been removed, route the tether over the seatback.
If you are using a dual tether in an outboard seating position and the head restraint has been removed, route the tether over the seatback.
If the rear outboard seating position you are using has an adjustable head restraint and you are using a single tether, raise the head restraint and route the tether under the head restraint and in between the head restraint posts.
If the rear outboard seating position you are using has an adjustable head restraint and you are using a dual tether, raise the head restraint and route the tether under the head restraint and around the head restraint posts.
3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement for proper installation.
Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation
The rear outboard head restraints can be removed if they interfere with the proper installation of the child restraint, see
"Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System" previously in this section. Store the head restraints in a secure place.
To remove the head restraint:
1. Partially fold the seatback forward. See Rear Seats 0 29 for more information.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.
To reinstall the head restraint:
2. Press both buttons on the head restraint posts at the same time and pull up on the head restraint.
3. Store the head restraints in a secure place.
4. When the child restraint is removed, reinstall the head restraint before the seating position is used.
1. Insert the head restraint posts into the holes in the top of the seatback. The notches on the posts must face the driver side of the vehicle.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Seats and Restraints 59
If necessary, press the height adjustment release button to further lower the head restraint. See Head Restraints 0 25.
3. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place.
Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash
{ Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system may not properly secure the child restraint, resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the LATCH system is working properly after a crash, see your dealer to have the system inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash, new LATCH system parts may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at the time of the crash.
60 Seats and Restraints
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position, study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 53 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is secured in the vehicle using a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 53 for top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat position does not have the LATCH system, you will be using the seat belt to secure the child restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint 0 52.
1. Put the child restraint on the seat.
If the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the child restraint, the head restraint may be removed. See "Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 53.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor.
5. To tighten the belt, push down on the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5.
Seats and Restraints 61
6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 53.
7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. If the head restraint was removed, reinstall it before the seating position is used. See "Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 53 for additional information on installing the head restraint properly.
62 Seats and Restraints
Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward-facing child restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 52.
In addition, the vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag under certain conditions. See Passenger Sensing System 0 42 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 74 for more information, including important safety information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag deploys.
{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag. A child in a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger airbag(s), no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though the airbag(s) are off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag(s) are off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in the front outboard passenger seat, always move the seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System 0 42 for additional information.
If the child restraint uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 53 for top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and the following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. Move the seat upward or the seatback to an upright position, if needed, to get a tight installation of the child restraint.
When the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag, the OFF indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 74.
2. Put the child restraint on the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.
Seats and Restraints 63
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if needed.
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor.
64 Seats and Restraints
6. To tighten the belt, push down on the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6.
7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbags are off, the OFF indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed and the ON indicator is lit, see "If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint" under Passenger Sensing System 0 42.
To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position.
Storage
Storage Compartments Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Additional Storage Features Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Roof Rack System Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Storage Compartments
{ Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp objects in storage compartments. In a crash, these objects may cause the cover to open and could result in injury.
Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to open it.
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover
{ Warning
An unsecured cargo cover could strike people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. Store the cargo cover securely or remove it from the vehicle.
Storage 65
{ Warning
Do not place objects on the cargo cover. Sudden stops or turns can cause objects to be thrown in the vehicle. You or others could be injured. The cargo cover can be used to cover items in the rear of the vehicle. The cargo cover is larger than the tailgate opening. Turn it for easy removal or installation.
To remove, pull the cargo cover upward. To reinstall, align the cover with the hooks on the trim panel edge and push downward.
66 Storage Cargo Tie-Downs
The cargo tie-downs can be used to secure small loads.
Roof Rack System { Warning
If something is carried on top of the vehicle that is longer or wider than the roof rack -- like paneling, plywood, or a mattress -- the wind can catch it while the vehicle is being driven. The item being carried could be violently torn off, and this could cause a collision and
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
damage the vehicle. Never carry something longer or wider than the roof rack on top of the vehicle unless using a GM certified accessory carrier.
If equipped, the roof rack can be used to load items. For roof racks that do not have crossrails included, GM certified crossrails can be purchased as an accessory. See your dealer.
Caution
Loading cargo on the roof rack that weighs more than 50 kg (110 lb) or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage the vehicle. Do not load cargo exceeding 50 kg (110 lbs) and always load cargo so that it rests evenly between the crossrails and does not block the vehicle lamps or windows. Fasten the cargo securely.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo when driving, check to make sure crossrails and cargo are securely fastened. Loading cargo on the roof rack will make the vehicle's center of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking, or abrupt maneuvers; otherwise it may result in loss of control. If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, occasionally stop the vehicle to make sure the cargo remains in its place. Do not exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading the vehicle. For more information on vehicle capacity and loading, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 129.
Instruments and Controls
Controls Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . 74 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Service Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Owner Manual Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Operate Pedal Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Power Steering Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . 78 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Light . . . 78 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Ultrasonic Parking Sensor Light . . . . . . . . . 79 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Reduced Engine Power Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Hood Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Information Displays Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . 83
Instruments and Controls 67
Vehicle Messages Vehicle Messages (Base Level Cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Vehicle Messages (Uplevel Cluster) . . . . . 87 Engine Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
68 Instruments and Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment
Steering Wheel Controls
_ SRC ^ : Press to select a source or toggle
to change favorite stations.
+ x - : Press + to increase the volume.
Press - to decrease the volume.
Horn
Press a on the steering wheel pad to
sound the horn.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
To adjust the steering wheel: 1. Pull the lever down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. 3. Pull the lever up to lock the steering
wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
For vehicles with audio steering wheel controls, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel.
b / g : For vehicles with Bluetooth or
OnStar, press to interact with those systems. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 107 or Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 108 or OnStar Overview 0 250.
$ / i : Press to silence the vehicle
speakers only. Press again to turn the sound on. For vehicles with Bluetooth or OnStar systems, press to reject an incoming call, or to end a current call.
The windshield wiper/washer lever is on the right side of the steering column.
Move the lever to one of the following positions:
HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes.
INT : Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn the x INT
band up for more frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
{ Warning
In freezing weather, do not use the washer until the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking your vision.
{ Warning
Before driving the vehicle, always clear snow and ice from the hood, windshield, roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
lamps and windows. Reduced visibility from snow and ice buildup could lead to a crash.
Wiper Parking
If the ignition is turned off while the wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they will immediately stop.
If the windshield wiper lever is then moved to OFF before the driver door is opened or within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart and move to the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned off while the wipers are performing wipes due to windshield washing, the wipers continue to run until they reach the base of the windshield.
b : Pull the windshield wiper lever toward
you to spray windshield washer fluid and activate the wipers. The wipers will continue until the lever is released or the maximum wash time is reached. When the windshield wiper lever is released, additional wipes may occur depending on how long the windshield washer had been activated. See Washer Fluid 0 173 for information on filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir.
Instruments and Controls 69
Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades before using them. If frozen to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. Damaged wiper blades should be replaced. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 178. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor. A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools down.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer
If equipped with the rear wiper/washer, the controls are on the end of the windshield wiper lever.
ON : Press the upper portion of the button for continuous rear window wipes. OFF : The rear wiper turns off when the button is returned to the middle position. INT : Press the lower portion of the button to set a delay between wipes.
70 Instruments and Controls
a : Push the windshield wiper lever
forward to spray washer fluid on the rear window. The lever returns to its starting position when released.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
If the rear wiper control is off, the rear wiper will automatically operate continuously when the shift lever is in R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper is performing low or high speed wipes. If the rear wiper control is off, the shift lever is in R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper is performing interval wipes, then the rear wiper automatically performs interval wipes.
This feature can be changed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
The windshield washer reservoir is used for the windshield and the rear window. Check the fluid level in the reservoir if either washer is not working. See Washer Fluid 0 173.
Compass
The vehicle may have a compass display on the Driver Information Center (DIC). The compass receives its heading and other information from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC), and vehicle speed information.
The compass system is designed to operate for a certain number of miles or degrees of turn before needing a signal from the GPS satellites. When the compass display shows CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in an open area where it can receive a GPS signal. The compass system will automatically determine when a GPS signal is restored and provide a heading again.
Clock
Set the time and date using the infotainment system. See "Time / Date" under Settings 0 112.
Power Outlets
The accessory power outlets can be used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
The vehicle has an accessory power outlet on the center stack.
Open the cover to access and replace when not in use.
{ Warning
Power is always supplied to the outlets. Do not leave electrical equipment plugged in when the vehicle is not in use because the vehicle could catch fire and cause injury or death.
Caution
Leaving electrical equipment plugged in for an extended period of time while the vehicle is off will drain the battery. Always unplug electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 20 amp rating.
Certain accessory power plugs may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your dealer.
When adding electrical equipment, be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 159.
Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from the power outlet can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. The power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only, such as cell phone charge cords.
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to the warning lights and gauges could prevent injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving, or when one of the gauges shows there may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous.
Instruments and Controls 71
72 Instruments and Controls Instrument Cluster
English Shown, Metric Similar
1. Fuel Gauge 0 73 2. Tachometer 0 72 3. Speedometer 0 72 4. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 83
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the vehicle speed in kilometers per hour (km/h) and miles per hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven, in either kilometers or miles.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven since the trip odometer was last reset.
The trip odometer is accessed and reset through the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 83.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm).
Caution
If the engine is operated with the rpm's in the warning area at the high end of the tachometer, the vehicle could be damaged, and the damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not operate the engine with the rpm's in the warning area.
Fuel Gauge
When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge shows how much fuel is left in the fuel tank. When the indicator nears empty, a message in the Driver Information Center (DIC) displays. The vehicle still has a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be fueled soon. An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. Here are four things that some owners ask about. These are normal and do not indicate a problem with the fuel gauge: . At the service station, the gas pump
shuts off before the gauge reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the fuel tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the fuel tank's capacity to fill it.
. The indicator moves a little while turning a corner or speeding up.
. The gauge goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off.
Seat Belt Reminders
Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light There is a driver seat belt reminder light on the instrument cluster.
When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind the driver to fasten the seat belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle may continue several times if the driver remains or becomes unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.
Instruments and Controls 73
If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the chime nor the light comes on. Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder Light The vehicle may have a front passenger seat belt reminder light near the passenger airbag status indicator.
When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind in front of passenger to fasten the seat belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle may continue several times if the passenger remains or becomes unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. If the passenger seat belt is buckled, neither the chime nor the light comes on. The front passenger seat belt reminder light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic
74 Instruments and Controls
device. To turn off the reminder light and/or chime, remove the object from the seat or buckle the seat belt.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an electrical problem with the airbag system. It is located in the instrument cluster. The system check includes the airbag sensor(s), the pretensioners, the airbag modules, the wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic module. For more information on the airbag system, see Airbag System 0 37.
The airbag readiness light comes on for several seconds when the vehicle is started. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed immediately.
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving, it means the airbag system might not be working properly. The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicle serviced right away.
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 42 for important safety information. The overhead console has a passenger airbag status indicator.
United States
Canada
When the vehicle is started, the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, or the symbols for on and off, for several seconds as a system check. Then, after several seconds, the status indicator will light either ON or OFF, or the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag.
If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag are allowed to inflate.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See your dealer for service.
{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 74 for more information, including important safety information.
Charging System Light
This light comes on briefly when the ignition key is turned to START, but the engine is not running, as a check to show it is working.
If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
The light should go out once the engine starts. If it stays on, or comes on while driving, there could be a problem with the charging system. This light could indicate that there are problems with a generator drive belt, or that there is an electrical problem. Have it checked right away. If the vehicle must be driven a short distance with the light on, turn off accessories, such as the radio and air conditioner.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light)
This light is part of the vehicle's emission control on-board diagnostic system. If this light is on while the engine is running, a malfunction has been detected and the vehicle may require service. The light should come on to show that it is working when the ignition is on with the engine not running for Key Access or in Service Mode for Keyless Access. See Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) 0 135 or Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 133.
Instruments and Controls 75
Malfunctions are often indicated by the system before any problem is noticeable. Being aware of the light and seeking service promptly when it comes on may prevent damage.
Caution If the vehicle is driven continually with this light on, the emission control system may not work as well, the fuel economy may be lower, and the vehicle may not run smoothly. This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution Modifications to the engine, transmission, exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the use of replacement tires that do not meet the original tire specifications, can cause this light to come on. This could
(Continued)
76 Instruments and Controls
Caution (Continued)
lead to costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. This could also affect the vehicle's ability to pass an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. See Accessories and Modifications 0 161.
If the light is flashing : A malfunction has been detected that could damage the emission control system and increase vehicle emissions. Diagnosis and service may be required.
To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle speed and avoid hard accelerations and uphill grades.
If the light continues to flash, find a safe place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait at least 10 seconds before restarting the engine. If the light is still flashing, follow the previous guidelines and see your dealer for service as soon as possible.
If the light is on steady : A malfunction has been detected. Diagnosis and service may be required.
Check the following:
. A loose or missing fuel cap may cause the light to come on. See Filling the Tank 0 157. A few driving trips with the cap properly installed may turn the light off.
. Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient engine operation and poor driveability, which may go away once the engine is warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel brand. It may require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off. See Recommended Fuel 0 156.
If the light remains on, see your dealer.
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs If the vehicle requires an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test, the test equipment will likely connect to the vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC).
The DLC is under the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. Connecting devices that are not used to perform an
Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to service the vehicle may affect vehicle operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 159. See your dealer if assistance is needed.
The vehicle may not pass inspection if:
. The light is on when the engine is running.
. The light does not come on when the ignition is on with the engine not running for Key Access or in Service Mode for Keyless Access.
. Critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed. If this happens, the vehicle would not be ready for inspection and might require several days of routine driving before the system is ready for inspection. This can happen if the 12-volt battery has recently been replaced or run down, or if the vehicle has been recently serviced.
See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass or cannot be made ready for the test.
Service Vehicle Soon Light
For vehicles with this light, it comes on if a condition exists that may require the vehicle to be taken in for service. If the light comes on, take the vehicle to your dealer for service as soon as possible.
Owner Manual Indicator
This symbol is shown when you need to see the owner's manual for additional instructions or information.
Brake System Warning Light
Metric
English
This light should come on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on then, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem.
When the vehicle is on, the brake system warning light also comes on when the parking brake is set. The light stays on if the parking brake does not fully release. If it stays on after the parking brake is fully released, there is a brake problem. Have the brake system inspected right away.
If the light comes on while driving, pull off the road and stop carefully. The brake pedal might be harder to push, or the brake pedal may go closer to the floor. It could take longer to stop. If the light is still on, have the vehicle towed for service. See Towing the Vehicle 0 212.
Instruments and Controls 77
{ Warning
The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on. Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a crash. If the light is still on after the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped, have the vehicle towed for service.
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
This light comes on briefly when the engine is started. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then goes off. If the ABS light stays on, turn the ignition off. If the light comes on while driving, stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn the
78 Instruments and Controls
ignition off. Then start the engine again to reset the system. If the ABS light stays on, or comes on again while driving, the vehicle needs service. If the regular brake system warning light is not on, the vehicle still has brakes, but not antilock brakes. If the regular brake system warning light is also on, the vehicle does not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with the regular brakes. See Brake System Warning Light 0 77.
Operate Pedal Light
This light comes on when the clutch or brake pedal needs to be applied to start the vehicle.
Up-Shift Light
The vehicle may have an up-shift light. When this light comes on, shift to the next higher gear if weather, road, and traffic conditions allow.
Power Steering Warning Light
This light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on as a check to show it is working. If it does not come on have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If this light stays on, or comes on while driving, the system may not be working. If this happens, see your dealer for service.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Light
This light is green if LDW is on and ready to operate. This light changes to amber and flashes to indicate that the lane marking has been crossed without using a turn signal in that direction. See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 155.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
If equipped, this indicator will display green when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber when you are following a vehicle ahead much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 153.
Ultrasonic Parking Sensor Light
If equipped, this light comes on briefly while starting the vehicle. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced. This light indicates a malfunction in the system. See your dealer for service. See Park Assist 0 152.
Traction Off Light
This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then turns off.
The traction off light comes on when the Traction Control System (TCS) has been turned off by pressing and releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC button.
This light and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light come on when StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 146.
StabiliTrak OFF Light
Instruments and Controls 79
This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is turned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the Traction Control System (TCS) is also off.
If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off, the system does not assist in controlling the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak/ ESC systems, and the warning light turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 146.
Traction Control System (TCS)/ StabiliTrak Light
This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
This light comes on briefly when the engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off.
80 Instruments and Controls
If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system have been disabled. A Driver Information Center (DIC) message may display. Check the DIC messages to determine which feature(s) is no longer functioning and whether the vehicle requires service.
If the light is on and flashing, the TCS and/ or the StabiliTrak/ESC system is actively working.
See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 146.
Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light
Caution
The engine coolant temperature warning light indicates that the vehicle has overheated. Driving with this light on can damage the engine and it may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See Engine Overheating 0 172.
The engine coolant temperature warning light comes on when the engine has overheated.
If this happens, pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible. See Engine Overheating 0 172.
Tire Pressure Light
This light comes on briefly while starting the vehicle.
If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally the indicator light goes off.
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly when the engine is started. It provides information about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of the tires are significantly underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire pressure message may also display. Stop as soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the pressure value shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure 0 194.
When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 196.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if
(Continued)
Caution (Continued) required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil.
This light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the light comes on and stays on, it means that oil is not flowing through the engine properly. The vehicle could be low on oil and might have some other system problem. See your dealer.
Low Fuel Warning Light
This light comes on briefly when the engine is started. If it does not come on have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then goes off. This light also comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel. When fuel is added the light should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle serviced.
Immobilizer Light
Instruments and Controls 81
The immobilizer light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the immobilizer system. See Immobilizer Operation (Key Access) 0 19 or Immobilizer Operation (Keyless Access) 0 19.
Reduced Engine Power Light
The reduced engine power light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. This light, along with the malfunction indicator lamp, displays when a noticeable reduction in the vehicle's performance occurs.
82 Instruments and Controls
The vehicle can be driven at a reduced speed when the reduced engine power light is on but acceleration and speed might be reduced. If this light stays on, see your dealer as soon as possible for diagnosis and repair.
High-Beam On Light
The light goes out when the fog lamps are turned off. See Fog Lamps 0 94 for more information.
Lamps On Reminder
The light goes out when the cruise control is turned off. See Cruise Control 0 148.
Hood Ajar Light
This light comes on when the high-beam headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer 0 91.
Front Fog Lamp Light
The fog lamp light comes on when the fog lamps are in use.
This light comes on when the exterior lamps are in use, except when only the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 91.
Cruise Control Light
This light comes on when the hood is open or not securely latched. Before driving, check that the hood is properly closed.
Door Ajar Light
The cruise control light is white when the cruise control is on and ready, and turns green when the cruise control is set and active.
This light comes on when a door is open or not securely latched. Before driving, check that all doors are properly closed.
Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC)
The DIC displays information about the vehicle. It also displays warning messages if a system problem is detected. All messages appear in the DIC display in the instrument cluster. DIC Operation and Displays On some models, the trip odometer reset stem is used to operate the DIC. On other models, the controls for the DIC are on the turn signal lever. DIC Buttons
1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear the menu item displayed.
2. w / x: Turn the band to scroll
through the menus.
3. MENU: Press to display the Trip/Fuel menu and the Vehicle Information menu. This button is also used to return to or exit the last screen displayed on the DIC.
Vehicle Information Menu Items (Base Level DIC)
Press MENU to view the DIC menu. Some items display in the upper display area, some in the lower display area, and others use both the upper and lower display areas.
Use w / x to scroll through the menu
items. Not all items are available on every vehicle. The following is a list of possible menu items:
. Remaining Oil Life
. Units
. Tire Learn
Remaining Oil Life
This menu is not available while the vehicle is moving. This display shows an estimate of
the oil's remaining useful life. If 99: % is
displayed, that means 99% of the current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low, the :
% CHANGE message will appear on the display. The oil should changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil 0 165. In addition to
Instruments and Controls 83
the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life, additional maintenance is recommended. See Maintenance Schedule 0 225.
Remember, the Oil Life display must be reset after each oil change. It will not reset itself. Also, be careful not to reset the Oil Life display accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed. It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change. To reset the engine oil life system, press SET/CLR while the Oil Life display is active. See Engine Oil Life System 0 166.
Units
This menu is not available while the vehicle is moving. Press SET/CLR while the unit
display is active and move w / x to
change units when UNIT SET is displayed. Press SET/CLR to confirm the setting. Select 1, 2, or 3 for the unit display. 1 is metric units, 2 is Imperial units, and 3 is US units. This will change the displays on the cluster and DIC to the type of measurements selected.
84 Instruments and Controls
Tire Learn
This display allows for matching of the TPMS sensors. The display will show a vehicle with the approximate pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per square inch (psi). See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 195 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 196.
Trip/Fuel Menu Items (Base Level DIC)
Press MENU until the Trip/Fuel menu is
displayed. Use w / x to scroll through the
menu items. On some models, use the trip odometer reset stem to scroll through the menu. Not all items are available on every vehicle. The following is a list of possible menu items: . Trip Odometer . Fuel Range . Average Vehicle Speed . Instantaneous Fuel Economy . Average Fuel Economy . Timer
Trip Odometer
This display shows the current distance traveled, in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the last reset for the trip
odometer. The trip odometer can be reset to zero by pressing SET/CLR or pressing and holding the trip odometer reset stem while the trip odometer display is showing.
Fuel Range
This display shows the approximate distance the vehicle can be driven without refueling. The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.
Average Vehicle Speed
This display shows the average speed of the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). This average is calculated based on the various vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset of this value. The average speed can be reset by pressing SET/CLR or pressing and holding the trip odometer reset stem while the Average Vehicle Speed display is showing.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy
The instantaneous fuel economy display shows the current fuel economy in liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number reflects only the approximate fuel economy that the vehicle
has right now and changes frequently as driving conditions change. This display cannot be reset.
Average Fuel Economy
This display shows the approximate average liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the last time this menu item was reset. This number reflects only the approximate average fuel economy that the vehicle has right now, and will change as driving conditions change. The fuel economy can be reset by pressing SET/CLR or pressing and holding the trip odometer reset stem while the Average Fuel Economy display is showing.
Timer
Available on some vehicles, this display can be used as a timer. To start the timer, press SET/CLR while Timer is displayed. The display will show the amount of time that has passed since the timer was last reset, not including time the ignition is off. Time will continue to be counted as long as the ignition is on, even if another display is being shown on the DIC. The timer will record up to 9 hours, 59 minutes, and 59 seconds (9:59:59) after which the display
will return to zero. To stop the timer, press SET/CLR briefly while Timer is displayed. To reset the timer to zero, press and hold SET/CLR.
Trip/Fuel Menu Items (Uplevel DIC)
Press MENU until the Trip/Fuel menu is
displayed. Use w / x to scroll through the
menu items. Not all items are available on every vehicle. The following is a list of possible menu items:
. Digital Speedometer . Trip 1 . Trip 2 . Fuel Range . Instantaneous Fuel Economy . Average Fuel Economy . Average Vehicle Speed . Timer
Digital Speedometer
The digital speedometer, available on some vehicles, shows how fast the vehicle is moving in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The speedometer cannot be reset.
Trip 1 and Trip 2
This display shows the current distance traveled, in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the last reset for the trip odometer. The trip odometer can be reset to zero by pressing SET/CLR while the trip odometer display is showing.
Fuel Range
This display shows the approximate distance the vehicle can be driven without refueling. The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.
Instantaneous Fuel Economy
The instantaneous fuel economy display shows the current fuel economy in liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number reflects only the approximate fuel economy that the vehicle has right now and changes frequently as driving conditions change. Unlike average economy, this display cannot be reset.
Instruments and Controls 85
Average Fuel Economy
This display shows the approximate average liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the last time this menu item was reset. This number reflects only the approximate average fuel economy that the vehicle has right now, and will change as driving conditions change. The fuel economy can be reset by pressing SET/CLR while the Average Fuel Economy display is showing.
Average Vehicle Speed
This display shows the average speed of the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). This average is calculated based on the various vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset of this value. The average speed can be reset by pressing SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle Speed display is showing.
Timer
Available on some vehicles, this display can be used as a timer. To start the timer, press SET/CLR while Timer is displayed. The display will show the amount of time that has passed since the timer was last reset, not including time the ignition is off. Time
86 Instruments and Controls
will continue to be counted as long as the ignition is on, even if another display is being shown on the DIC. The timer will record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after which the display will return to zero. To stop the timer, press SET/CLR briefly while Timer is displayed. To reset the timer to zero, press and hold SET/CLR.
Vehicle Information Menu Items (Uplevel DIC)
Press MENU on the turn signal lever until Vehicle Information menu is displayed. Use
w / x to scroll through the following
possible menu items:
. Display Units
. Tire Pressure
. Remaining Oil Life
Display Units
Move w / x to switch between metric or
US when the Unit display is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm the setting. This will change the displays on the cluster and DIC to either metric or English (US) measurements.
Tire Pressure
The display will show a vehicle with the approximate pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per square inch (psi). See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 195 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 196.
Remaining Oil Life
This menu is not available while the vehicle is moving. This display shows an estimate of the oil's remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99 % is displayed, that means 99% of the current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low, the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display. The oil should changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil 0 165. In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life, additional maintenance is recommended. See Maintenance Schedule 0 225.
Remember, the Oil Life display must be reset after each oil change. It will not reset itself. Also, be careful not to reset the Oil Life display accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed. It cannot be reset accurately until the next
oil change. To reset the engine oil life system, press SET/CLR while the Oil Life display is active. See Engine Oil Life System 0 166.
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages (Base Level Cluster)
DIC messages display when the status of the vehicle has changed and action may be needed to correct the condition. Multiple messages appear one after another. All messages should be taken seriously.
On the base level cluster, vehicle messages appear as code numbers. Some of these codes may appear along with the service vehicle soon light and the owner's manual symbol in the DIC display.
2 : No Remote Detected, Press Clutch To Restart
4 : A/C Off Due to High Engine Temp
5 : Steering Column Is Locked
7 : Turn Steering Wheel, Turn Key Off, Then On
9 : Turn Steering Wheel, Start Vehicle Again
10 : Brakes Overheated 15 : Check High Mounted Brake Lamp 16 : Check Brake Lamps 17 : Headlamp Leveling Malfunction -- Contact Service 18 : Left Low Beam Failure 20 : Right Low Beam Failure 21 : Check Left Position Lamp 22 : Check Right Position Lamp 23 : Reversing Lamp Failure 24 : License Plate Lamp Failure 25 : Left Front Turn Indicator Failure 26 : Left Rear Turn Indicator Failure 27 : Right Front Turn Indicator Failure 28 : Right Rear Turn Indicator Failure 35 : Replace Battery In Remote Key 49 : Lane Departure Warning Unavailable 52 : Change Timing Belt See Owner's Manual 53 : Tighten Gas Cap 59 : Open, Then Close Driver Window 65 : Theft Attempted
66 : Service Theft Alarm 67 : Service Steering Column Lock 68 : Service Power Steering, Drive with Care 77 : Service Front Camera 79 : Engine Oil Low Add Oil 81 : Service Transmission 84 : Engine Power Is Reduced 88 : Use Transmitter Pocket to Start 89 : Service Vehicle Soon 91 : No Remote Detected 92 : No Remote Detected, Press Brake To Restart 93 : Press Button Again To Turn Engine Off 94 : Shift to Park 95 : Service Airbag 174 : Low Battery 258 : Park Assist Off
Engine Oil Messages : % CHANGE This message displays when the engine oil needs to be changed. When changing the engine oil, be sure to reset the Oil Life
Instruments and Controls 87
System. See Engine Oil Life System 0 166, Engine Oil 0 165, and Maintenance Schedule 0 225.
Vehicle Messages (Uplevel Cluster)
Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the status of the vehicle or some action that may be needed to correct a condition. Multiple messages may appear one after another.
The messages that do not require immediate action can be acknowledged and cleared by pressing SET/CLR. The messages that require immediate action cannot be cleared until that action is performed.
All messages should be taken seriously; clearing the message does not correct the problem.
If a SERVICE message appears, see your dealer.
Follow the instructions given in the messages. The system displays messages regarding the following topics: . Service Messages . Fluid Levels . Vehicle Security
88 Instruments and Controls
. Brakes . Steering . Ride Control Systems . Driver Assistance Systems . Cruise Control . Lighting and Bulb Replacement . Wiper/Washer Systems . Doors and Windows . Seat Belts . Airbag Systems . Engine and Transmission . Tire Pressure . Battery
Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays when the vehicle's propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in propulsion power can affect the vehicle's ability to accelerate. If this message is on, but there is no observed reduction in performance, proceed to your destination. Under certain conditions the performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven. The vehicle may be driven while this message is on, but maximum acceleration and speed may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, or displays repeatedly, the vehicle should be taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible.
Under certain operating conditions, propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting after the ignition has been off for 30 seconds.
Vehicle Speed Messages
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)
This message shows that the vehicle speed has been limited to the speed displayed. The limited speed is a protection for various propulsion and vehicle systems, such as lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, Teen Driver if equipped, or tires.
Vehicle Personalization
The following are all possible vehicle personalization features. Depending on the vehicle, some may not be available.
For System and Apps features and functions, see Settings 0 112.
To access the vehicle personalization menu:
1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Page of the infotainment display.
2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of available options.
3. Touch to select the desired feature setting.
4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature off or on. 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the
Settings menu.
The menu may contain the following:
Vehicle
The menu may contain the following:
Rear Seat Reminder
This allows for a chime and a message when the rear door has been opened before or during operation of the vehicle.
Touch Off or On.
Collision / Detection Systems
Touch and the following may display: . Park Assist . Forward Collision System
Park Assist
This feature can assist in backing up and parking the vehicle. See Park Assist 0 152.
Touch Off or On.
Forward Collision System
This setting controls the vehicle response when detecting a vehicle ahead of you. The Off setting disables all FCA and AEB functions. With the Alert and Brake setting, both FCA and AEB are available. The Alert setting disables AEB. See Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) 0 154.
Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
Comfort and Convenience
Touch and the following may display: . Chime Volume . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
Chime Volume
This allows the selection of the chime volume level.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to adjust the volume.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
When on and the front wiper is on, the rear wiper will automatically activate when the vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse).
Touch Off or On.
Lighting
Touch and the following may display: . Vehicle Locator Lights . Exit Lighting
Vehicle Locator Lights
This feature will flash the exterior lamps and allows some exterior lamps and most
interior lamps to turn on briefly when K on
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed to locate the vehicle.
Touch Off or On.
Exit Lighting
This allows the selection of how long the exterior lamps stay on when leaving the vehicle when it is dark outside.
Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, or 120 Seconds.
Power Door Locks
Touch and the following may display: . Open Door Anti Lock Out . Auto Door Unlock . Delayed Door Lock
Instruments and Controls 89
Open Door Anti Lock Out
When on, this feature will keep the driver door from locking until the door is closed. If this feature is turned on, the Delayed Door Lock menu will not be available.
Touch Off or On.
Auto Door Unlock
This allows selection of which of the doors will automatically unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) with an automatic transmission or when the vehicle is turned off with a manual transmission.
Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Delayed Door Lock
When on, this feature will delay the locking of the doors. To override the delay, press the power door lock switch on the door.
Touch Off or On.
Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start
Touch and the following may display: . Remote Unlock Light Feedback . Remote Lock Feedback . Remote Door Unlock . Passive Door Unlock . Passive Door Lock
90 Instruments and Controls
. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will flash when unlocking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter
Touch Off or Flash Lights.
Remote Lock Feedback
This allows selection of what type of feedback is given when locking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, or Horn Only.
Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors will
unlock when pressing K on the RKE
transmitter.
Touch All Doors or Driver Door.
Passive Door Unlock
This allows the selection of what doors will unlock when using the button on the driver door to unlock the vehicle.
Touch All Doors or Driver Door.
Passive Door Lock
This feature specifies if the vehicle will automatically lock, or lock and alert you after all the doors are closed, and you walk away from the vehicle with RKE transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 9 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 11.
Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
This feature sounds an alert when the RKE transmitter is left in the vehicle. This menu also enables Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.
Touch Off or On.
Valet Mode
This will lock the infotainment system and steering wheel controls. It may also limit access to vehicle storage locations, if equipped.
To enable valet mode:
1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad.
2. Touch Enter to go to the confirmation screen.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the system. Touch Back to go back to the previous menu.
Lighting
Exterior Lighting Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . . 91 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 92 Automatic Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . 93 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Interior Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Lighting Features Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 95
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
The exterior lamp control is on the instrument panel to the outboard side of the steering column. There are four positions:
O : Turns the exterior lamps off and deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn to O
again to reactivate the AUTO mode. In Canada, the headlamps will automatically reactivate when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). AUTO : If equipped, turns the exterior lamps on and off automatically depending on outside lighting.
Lighting 91
; : Turns on the parking lamps including
all lamps except the headlamps.
5 : Turns the headlamps on together with
the parking lamps and instrument panel lights. A warning chime sounds if the driver door is opened when the ignition switch is off and the headlamps are on.
# : If equipped, press to turn the fog lamps
on or off.
See Fog Lamps 0 94.
When the lights are on, ; will be lit. See
Lamps On Reminder 0 82.
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder
A reminder chime will sound when the headlamps or parking lamps are manually turned on when the ignition is off and a door is open. To disable the chime, turn the light off.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer
The headlamps must be on for this feature to work.
Push the turn signal lever away from you to turn the high beams on.
92 Lighting
The 3 light comes on in the instrument
cluster while the high beams are on and the ignition is on.
To return to low beams, push the lever again or pull the lever toward you and release.
Flash-to-Pass
This feature is used to signal to the vehicle ahead that you want to pass.
Pull the turn signal lever toward you until the high-beam headlamps come on, then release the lever to turn them off.
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day. Fully functional DRL are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada.
The DRL system makes the headlamps come on when the following conditions are met: . The ignition is on. . The exterior lamp control is in the AUTO. . The vehicle is not parked. . The light sensor determines it is daytime.
When the DRL system is on, the taillamps, sidemarker lamps, parking lamps, and instrument panel lights do not come on unless the exterior lamp control is turned to the parking lamp or headlamp position.
The DRL system turns off when one of the following conditions is met:
. The ignition is off. . The vehicle is parked. . The high-beam headlamps are on. . The low-beam headlamps are on. . The light sensor determines it is
nighttime.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, the DRL can only be turned off when the vehicle is parked.
The regular headlamp system should be used when needed.
Automatic Headlamp System
When it is dark enough outside and the exterior lamp control is in the automatic position, the headlamps come on automatically. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 91.
The vehicle has a light sensor on top of the instrument panel. Make sure it is not covered, or the headlamps will be on when they are not needed.
The system may also turn on the headlamps when driving through a parking garage or tunnel.
If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the automatic headlamp system comes on immediately. If it is light outside when the vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight delay before the automatic headlamp system changes to the Daytime Running Lamp (DRL). During that delay, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel
brightness control is in the full bright position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 94.
When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to DRL.
The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control or the ignition is off.
Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are activated in daylight with the vehicle on, and the exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the headlamps, parking lamps, and other exterior lamps come on. The transition time for the lamps coming on varies based on wiper speed. When the wipers are not operating, these lamps turn off. Move the
exterior lamp control to P or ; to
disable this feature.
Hazard Warning Flashers
The hazard warning flasher button is on the center stack.
| : Press to make the front and rear turn
signal lamps flash on and off. This warns others that you are having trouble. Press the button again to turn the flashers off. When the hazard warning flashers are on, the turn signals will not work.
Lighting 93 Turn and Lane-Change Signals
Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change. Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change. Hold it there until the lane change is completed. If the lever is moved momentarily to the lane change position, the arrow will flash three times. The lever returns to its starting position whenever it is released. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a signal bulb may be burned out.
94 Lighting
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 184.
Fog Lamps
Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps.
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination Control
Courtesy Lamps
The courtesy lamps come on when any door
is opened and the dome lamp is in the H
position.
Dome Lamps
If equipped with front fog lamps, the button is on the outboard side of the instrument panel.
# : Press to turn the front fog lamps on or
off. An indicator light on the instrument cluster comes on when the fog lamps are on.
The fog lamps come on together with the parking lamps.
If the high-beam headlamps are turned on, the fog lamps will turn off. If the high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog lamps will turn back on again.
This feature controls the brightness of the instrument panel controls and infotainment display screen. The thumbwheel is to the left of the steering column on the instrument panel.
D : Move the thumbwheel up or down to
brighten or dim the instrument panel controls and infotainment display screen.
The dome lamp controls are in the headliner above the front seats.
( : Press to turn the lamps off, even when
a door is open.
H : When the button is returned to the
middle position, the lamps turn on automatically when a door is opened.
' : Press to turn on the dome lamps.
Reading Lamps
The reading lamps are in the overhead console. Press the lamp lenses to turn the reading lamps on or off.
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
Some exterior lamps and most of the interior lights turn on briefly at night, or in
areas of limited lighting when K is pressed
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 9 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 11. When the driver door is opened, all control lights, Driver Information Center (DIC) lights, and door pocket lights turn on. After about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn off, then the remaining interior lights dim to off. Entry lighting can be disabled manually by turning the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY, or by pressing Q on the RKE
transmitter.
This feature can be changed. See "Vehicle Locator Lights" under Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Exit Lighting
Some exterior lamps and interior lights come on at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when the driver door is opened after the ignition is turned off. The dome lamp comes on after the ignition is turned off. The exterior lamps and dome lamp remain on for a set amount of time, then automatically turn off.
The exterior lamps turn off immediately by turning the exterior lamp control off.
Lighting 95
This feature can be changed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Battery Power Protection
The battery saver feature is designed to protect the vehicle's battery.
If some interior lamps and/or headlamps are left on and the ignition is turned off, the battery rundown protection system automatically turns the lamp off after some time.
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off, if the parking lamps or headlamps have been manually left on. This protects against draining the battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn
the exterior lamp control to the O position and then back to the ; or 2 position.
To keep the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY.
96 Infotainment System
Infotainment System
Introduction Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Radio AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Audio Players Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . 102 USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
OnStar System OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Phone Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 111
Settings Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Trademarks and License Agreements Trademarks and License Agreements . . . 116
Introduction
Read the following pages to become familiar with the features.
{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for too long or too often while using any infotainment feature can cause a crash. You or others could be injured or killed. Do not give extended attention to infotainment tasks while driving. Limit your glances at the vehicle displays and focus your attention on driving. Use voice commands whenever possible.
The infotainment system has built-in features intended to help avoid distraction by disabling some functions when driving. These functions may gray out when they are unavailable. Many infotainment features are also available through the instrument cluster and steering wheel controls.
Before driving: . Become familiar with the operation,
center stack controls, and infotainment display controls.
. Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single control or by using a single voice command if equipped with Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 124.
To play the infotainment system with the ignition off, see Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 139.
Overview
Customer Assistance
Assistance is available to help with Bluetooth pairing, other mobile device interface, and operation support of the infotainment system. See Customer Assistance Offices 0 240.
Infotainment System 97
Infotainment System The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, the controls on the center stack, and the steering wheel controls.
98 Infotainment System
1. {
. Press to go to the Home Page. See "Home Page" following.
2. g
. Radio: Press and release to go to the previous station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the previous strongest station.
. USB/Music/Pictures: Press to go to the previous content. Press and hold to fast rewind.
3. O
. When off, press O to turn the
system on. Press and hold to turn off.
. When on, press O to mute the
system and display a status pane.
Press O again to unmute the system.
. Turn to decrease or increase the volume.
4. d
. Radio: Press and release to go to the next strongest station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next strongest station.
. USB/Music/Pictures: Press to go to the next content. Press and hold to fast forward.
5. 5
. Press and release to access the phone screen, answer an incoming call, or access the device home screen.
Home Page
The Home Page is where application icons are accessed. Some features are disabled when the vehicle is moving.
Slide a finger left/right across the screen to access the pages of icons.
Managing Home Page Icons
1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page icons to edit that icon.
2. Drag the icon to a new location on the Home Page.
Using the System
Infotainment Display Icons
Infotainment display icons show when available. When a function is unavailable, the icon may gray out. When a function is selected, the icon may highlight.
Audio
Touch the Audio icon to display the active audio source page. Examples of available sources are AM, FM, SXM, MyMedia, USB, AUX, and Bluetooth.
Phone
Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone main page. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 107 or Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 108.
Settings
Touch the Settings icon to display the Settings menu. See Settings 0 112.
Apple CarPlay
Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a supported device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 111.
Android Auto
Touch the Android Auto icon to activate Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 111.
OnStar Services
If equipped, touch the OnStar icon to display the OnStar Services and Account pages. See OnStar Overview 0 250.
Camera
If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access the camera application. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 151.
Shortcut Tray
The shortcut tray is at the bottom of the display. It shows up to four applications.
Infotainment Gestures
Use the following finger gestures to control the infotainment system.
Touch/Tap
Touch/Tap is used to select an icon or option, or activate an application. Touch and Hold
Touch and hold can be used to start another gesture, or to move or delete an application. Drag
Infotainment System 99
Drag is used to move applications on the Home Page. To drag the item, it must be held and moved along the screen to the new location. This can be done up, down, right, or left. Nudge
Nudge is used to move items a short distance on a list. To nudge, hold and move the selected item up or down to a new location.
100 Infotainment System
Fling or Swipe
Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a list, or change page views. Do this by placing a finger on the screen then moving it rapidly up and down or right and left. Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Information and Radio Displays For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that could scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use.
Radio
AM-FM Radio
Playing the Radio
From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon to display the active audio source page. Choose from a list of the three most recently used sources listed at the left side of the screen. Choose More to display a list of available resources. Examples of available sources are AM, FM, SXM, MyMedia, USB, AUX, and Bluetooth.
Infotainment System Sound Menu
From any of the audio source main pages, touch Sound to display the following:
Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, and Treble using the controls on the infotainment display.
Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust using the controls on the infotainment display or by tapping/dragging the crosshair.
Finding a Station Seeking a Station
From the AM, FM, or SXM screen, touch © or ¨ to search for the previous or next
strong station. Browsing Stations From the AM, FM, or SXM screen, touch Browse to list all available stations. Navigate up and down through all stations by scrolling the list. Touch the station you want
to listen to. Touch H to save the station
or channel as a favorite. If equipped, touch Update Station List to update the active stations in your area.
Direct Tune
Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune icon on the AM, FM, or SXM screen to bring up the keypad. Navigate up and down
through all frequencies using 7 or 6.
Directly enter a station or channel using the keypad. When a new station or channel is entered, the information about that station or channel displays on the right side. This information will update with each new valid frequency tuned to. The keypad will gray out entries that do not contribute to a valid frequency and will automatically place a decimal point within the frequency number.
Touch (X) to delete one character at a time. Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers. A valid AM or FM station will automatically tune to the new frequency but will not close the direct tune display. When listening to SXM, touch Go after entering the
channel. Touch S or z to exit out of
Direct Tune. The tune arrows on the right side of the Direct Tune display tune through the complete station list one station step at a time per touch. A touch and hold advances through stations quickly. FM and SXM Categories
From the FM or SXM display, touch Categories at the top of the Browse menu to access the categories list. The list contains names associated with the FM stations or SXM channels. Touch a category name to
Infotainment System 101
display a list of stations or channels for that category. Selecting a station from the list tunes the radio to that channel.
Storing Radio Station Favorites
Favorites are displayed in the area at the top of the display.
AM, FM, and SXM Radio Stations : Touch and hold a preset to store the current station or channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite station or channel.
Favorites can also be stored by touching H
in a station or channel list. This will highlight indicating that it is now stored as a favorite.
The number of favorites displayed is automatically adjusted by default, but can be manually adjusted in Settings in the System tab under Favorites and then Set Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under Audio and then Set Number of Audio Favorites.
102 Infotainment System
Satellite Radio
If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM satellite radio subscription can receive SXM programming.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial-free music, coast to coast, and in digital-quality sound. In the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
When SXM is active, the channel name, number, song title, and artist display on the screen.
Radio Reception
Unplug electronic devices from the accessory power outlets if there is interference or static in the radio.
FM
FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in electronic circuit that automatically works to reduce interference, some static can occur, especially around tall buildings or hills, causing the sound to fade in and out.
AM
The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM, especially at night. The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other. Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception. When this happens, try reducing the treble on the radio.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service provides digital radio reception. Tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals, causing the sound to fade in and out. In addition, traveling or standing under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM signal for a period of time.
Cell Phone Usage
Cell phone usage, such as making or receiving phone calls, charging, or just having the phone on may cause static interference in the radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off if this happens.
Multi-Band Antenna
The roof antenna is for SXM, AM, FM, OnStar and GPS (Global Positioning System). Keep clear of obstructions for clear reception. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is open, reception can also be affected.
Audio Players
Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices
When using media devices such as CDs, DVDs, Blu-ray Discs, SD cards, USB devices, and mobile devices, consider the source. Untrusted media devices could contain files that affect system operation or performance. Avoid use if the content or origin cannot be trusted.
USB Port
Audio stored on a USB device may be listened to.
This vehicle has two USB ports in the center stack. These ports are for data and charging.
Caution
To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all accessories and disconnect all accessory cables from the vehicle when not in use. Accessory cables left plugged into the vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be damaged or cause an electrical short if the unconnected end comes in contact with liquids or another power source such as the accessory power outlet.
Playing from a USB
A USB mass storage device can be connected to the USB port.
Audio extensions supported by the USB: . MP3 . MP4 . M4A . M4B . AAC . 3GP . WAV
My Media Library
My Media is only available when more than one indexed device is connected. It allows access to content from all indexed media sources. My Media will show as an available source in the Source page.
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives
The USB MP3 players and USB drives connected must comply with the USB Mass Storage Class specification (USB MSC).
To play a USB device:
1. Connect the USB.
2. Touch Audio from the Home Page.
3. Touch More and select the USB device.
Use the following when playing an active USB source:
p : Touch to play the current media source.
j : Touch to pause playback of the current
media source.
7:
. Touch to seek to the beginning of the current or previous track.
. Touch and hold to reverse quickly through playback. Release to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays.
Infotainment System 103
6:
. Touch to seek to the next track. . Touch and hold to advance quickly
through playback. Release to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays.
Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play music in random order.
USB Sound Menu
See "Infotainment System Sound Menu" under AM-FM Radio 0 100.
USB Browse Menu
When a list of songs, albums, artists, or other types of media displays, the up and down arrows and A-Z appear on the left side. Select A-Z to view a screen that will show all letters of the alphabet and select the letter to go to.
Touch the up and down arrows to move the list up and down.
Touch Browse and the following may display:
Playlists:
1. Touch to view the playlists stored on the USB.
2. Select a playlist to view the list of all songs in that playlist.
104 Infotainment System
3. Select a song from the list to begin playback.
Supported Playlist extensions are: m3u and pls.
Artists:
1. Touch to view the list of artists stored on the USB.
2. Select an artist name to view a list of all albums by the artist.
3. To select a song, touch All Songs or touch an album and then select a song from the list.
Songs:
1. Touch to display a list of all songs on the USB.
2. To begin playback, select a song from the list.
Albums:
1. Touch to view the albums on the USB.
2. Select the album to view a list of all songs on the album.
3. Select a song from the list to begin playback.
Genres:
1. Touch to view the genres on the USB.
2. Select a genre to view a list of artists.
3. Select an artist to view albums by that artist.
4. Select an album to view songs on the album.
5. Select a song to start playback.
iTunes Radio: Touch to view iTunes Radio on the iPhone to get a list of stations.
Compilations: Touch to view the Compilations on the USB.
Composers:
1. Touch to view the composers on the USB.
2. Select a Composer to view a list of albums by that composer.
3. Select an album or all songs to view a list of songs.
4. Select a song from the list to begin playback.
Folders:
1. Touch to view the directories on the USB.
2. Select a folder to view a list of all files.
3. Select a file from the list to begin playback.
Podcasts: Touch to view the podcasts on the USB and get a list of podcast episodes.
Audiobooks:
1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on the device.
2. Select an audiobook to get a list of chapters.
3. Select the chapter from the list to begin playback.
File System and Naming
File systems supported by the USB: . FAT32 . HFS+
The songs, artists, albums, and genres are taken from the file's song information and are only displayed if present. The radio displays the file name as the track name if the song information is not available.
Supported Apple Devices
To view supported devices, see my.chevrolet.com/learn.
Storing and Recalling Media Favorites
To store media favorites, touch Browse to display a list of media types.
Select from one of the following Browse options to save a favorite:
Playlists : Touch H next to any playlist to
store the playlist as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite playlist. The first song in the playlist begins to play.
Artists : Touch H next to any artist to
store the artist as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite artist. The first song in the artist list begins to play.
Songs : Touch H next to any song to store
the song as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite song.
Albums : Touch H next to any album to
store the album as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite album. The first song in the album list begins to play.
Genres : Touch H next to any genre to
store the genre as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite genre. The first song of the genre begins to play.
Podcasts : Touch H next to any podcast to
store the podcast as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite podcast. The podcast begins to play.
Audiobooks : Touch H next to any
audiobook to store the audiobook as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite audiobook. The first chapter in the audiobook begins to play.
Media Playback and Mute
USB playback will be paused if the system is muted. If the steering wheel mute control is pressed again, playback will resume.
If the source is changed while in mute, playback resumes and audio will unmute.
Auxiliary Jack
This vehicle has an auxiliary input jack in the center stack. Possible auxiliary audio sources include: . Laptop computer . Audio music player
This jack is not an audio output. Do not plug headphones into the auxiliary input jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the vehicle is parked.
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack. When a device is connected, the system can play audio from the device over the vehicle speakers.
Infotainment System 105
If an auxiliary device has already been connected, but a different source is currently active, touch More and select AUX to make the source active.
Shuffle and Browse are not available in the AUX source menu.
Bluetooth Audio
Music may be played from a paired Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 107 or Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 108.
Volume and song selection may be controlled by using the infotainment controls or the phone/device. If Bluetooth is selected and no volume is present, check the volume setting on both your phone/device and the infotainment system.
Music can be launched by touching Bluetooth from the recent sources list on the left of the screen or by touching More and then selecting the Bluetooth device.
To play music via Bluetooth:
1. Power on the device, and pair to connect the device.
106 Infotainment System
2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home Page, then touch Bluetooth from the recent sources list on the left of the display.
Bluetooth Sound Menu
See "Infotainment System Sound Menu" under AM-FM Radio 0 100.
Manage Bluetooth Devices
From the Home Page:
1. Touch Audio.
2. Touch More.
3. Touch Bluetooth.
4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices.
When selecting Bluetooth, the radio may not be able to launch the audio player on the connected device to start playing. When the vehicle is not moving, use the phone to begin playback.
All devices launch audio differently. When selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio may show as paused on the screen. Press
play on the device or touch p on the
display to begin playback.
Browse functionality will be provided where supported by the Bluetooth device. This media content will not be part of the MyMedia source mode.
Some phones support sending Bluetooth music information to display on the radio. When the radio receives this information, it will check to see if any is available and display it. For more information about supported Bluetooth features, see my.chevrolet.com/learn.
OnStar System
4G LTE
If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and laptops, can be connected to high-speed Internet through the vehicle's built-in Wi-Fi hotspot.
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. See www.onstar.com for vehicle availability, details, and system limitations. Service and connectivity may vary by make, model, year, carrier, availability, and conditions. 4G LTE service is available in select markets. 4G
LTE performance is based on industry averages and vehicle systems design. Some services require a data plan.
The OnStar App
If equipped, the infotainment system has OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app on the Home Page. All OnStar functions that can be performed with the buttons can be done using the app. To open the app, select the OnStar icon on the Home Page. Features vary by region and model. Features are subject to change. For more information on this feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn.
Services
The Services tab displays the default view for the app. Use this page to launch the available OnStar services. Select a service to open its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the connections manager.
Account
The Account tab displays a snapshot of the account linked with the vehicle. If there is no such account, this tab will show all
values as ----. The # will be active even if
there is no active account.
Advisor Call
Selecting Advisor Call is the same as
pressing Q or calling 1-888- 4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827). The X option in the upper right corner of the screen does not end the call, but returns to the previous display.
Turn-by-Turn Directions
With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor can download a destination to the vehicle or its embedded navigation system, if equipped. Touch Turn-by-Turn Directions from the main page of the OnStar app and follow the display prompts. A destination transfer from OnStar will show the detail view of the destination when it is transferred from OnStar to the Navigation application. Touch OK to go back to the previous menu. An ABS and Guidance or Navigation Add-On Plan is required. See www.onstar.com for a coverage map. Services vary by model. Map coverage is available in the United States, Puerto Rico, and Canada.
Wi-Fi Hotspot
Touch to display the Settings page, which shows the configurations for the vehicle hotspot and allows them to be changed.
For more information, see www.onstar.com.
Phone
Bluetooth (Overview)
The Bluetooth-capable system can interact with many cell phones, allowing: . Placement and receipt of calls in a
hands-free mode. . Sharing of the cell phone's address book
or contact list with the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction, before driving, and with the vehicle parked: . Become familiar with the features of the
cell phone. Organize the phone book and contact lists clearly and delete duplicate or rarely used entries. If possible, program speed dial or other shortcuts. . Review the controls and operation of the infotainment system. . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. The system may not work with all cell phones. See "Pairing" later in this section.
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a Hands-Free Profile to make and receive phone calls. The infotainment system and voice recognition are used to control the
Infotainment System 107
system. The system can be used when the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The range of the Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support all functions and not all phones work with the Bluetooth system. See my.chevrolet.com for more information about compatible phones.
Controls
Use the controls on the center stack and the steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth system.
Steering Wheel Controls
b / g : Press to answer incoming calls.
Hold to start voice recognition on your connected Bluetooth phone, for example Siri and Google.
$ / i : Press to end a call, decline a call,
or cancel an operation. Press to mute or unmute the infotainment system when not on a call.
Infotainment System Controls
For information about how to navigate the menu system using the infotainment controls, see Introduction 0 96.
108 Infotainment System
Phone
Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page to enter the phone main menu.
Audio System
When using the Bluetooth phone system, sound comes through the vehicle's front audio system speakers and overrides the audio system. The volume level while on a phone call can be adjusted by pressing the steering wheel controls or by touching the volume control on the center stack. The adjusted volume level remains in memory for later calls. The volume cannot be lowered beyond a certain level.
Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone)
Pairing
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone must be paired to the Bluetooth system and then connected to the vehicle before it can be used. See the cell phone manufacturer's user guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing the cell phone.
Pairing Information
. If no mobile device has been connected, the Phone main page on the infotainment display will show the Connect Phone option. Touch this option to connect. Another way to connect is to touch the Phones tab at the top right of the display and then touch Add Phone.
. A Bluetooth phone with music capability can be paired to the vehicle as a phone and a music player at the same time.
. Up to 10 devices can be paired to the Bluetooth system.
. The pairing process is disabled when the vehicle is moving.
. Pairing only needs to be completed once, unless the pairing information on the cell phone changes or the cell phone is deleted from the system.
. If multiple paired cell phones are within range of the system, the system connects to the paired cell phone that is set to First to Connect. If there is no phone set to First to Connect, it will link to the device which was used last. To link to a different paired phone, see "Linking to a Different Phone" later in this section.
Pairing a Phone
1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled on the cell phone before pairing is started.
2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone shortcut on the applications tray at the bottom of the display.
3. Touch Phone at the top of the infotainment display. There is also an Add option in the middle of the Phone screen. Touching this Add Phone option will shortcut to the Phone List menu.
4. Touch Add Phone.
5. Select the vehicle name shown on the infotainment display from your phone's Bluetooth Settings list.
6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone to confirm the six-digit code shown on the infotainment display and touch Pair. The code on the cell phone and infotainment display will need to be acknowledged for a successful pair.
7. Start the pairing process on the cell phone to be paired to the vehicle. See the cell phone manufacturer's user guide
for information on this process. Once the cell phone is paired, it will show under Connected.
8. If the vehicle does not appear on your phone, there are a few ways to start the pairing process over.
. Turn the phone off and then back on.
. Go back to the beginning of the Phone menus on the infotainment display and restart the pairing process.
. Reset the phone, but this step should be done as a last-effort.
9. If the phone prompts to accept connection or allow phone book download, select Always Accept and Allow. The phone book may not be available if not accepted.
10. Repeat Steps 1-8 to pair additional phones.
First to Connect Paired Phones
If multiple paired cell phones are within the range of the system, the system connects to the paired cell phone that is set as First to Connect. To enable a paired phone as the First to Connect phone:
1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on.
2. Touch Settings, then touch System.
3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all connected cell phones and mobile devices.
4. Touch the information icon to the right of the cell phone to open the cell phone's settings menu.
5. Touch the First to Connect option, to enable the setting for that device.
Cell phones and mobile devices can be added, removed, connected, and disconnected. A sub-menu will display whenever a request is made to add or manage cell phones and mobile devices.
Secondary Phone
A phone can be enabled as a Secondary Phone by touching the information icon to the right of the paired phone name to open the phone's settings menu. If a phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it can connect simultaneously alongside another Bluetooth device. In doing so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as Incoming Calls. This means the device can only receive calls. The Address Book of a Secondary Phone will not be available and hands-free outgoing calls cannot be placed using this phone.
Infotainment System 109
If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while in the Devices list, to swap it into the Outgoing and Incoming role, making it possible to place outgoing calls from the Contacts and Recents list. This action of swapping roles will disconnect what was labeled as only receiving calls until another Secondary Phone is enabled.
Listing All Paired and Connected Phones
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone shortcut on the applications tray at the bottom of the display.
2. Select Phones.
Disconnecting a Connected Phone
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
2. Select Phones.
3. Touch the information icon next to the connected cell phone or mobile device to show the cell phone's or mobile device's information display.
4. Touch Disconnect.
Deleting a Paired Phone
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone shortcut on the applications tray at the bottom of the display.
110 Infotainment System
2. Select Phones.
3. Touch the information icon next to the connected cell phone to display the cell phone's or mobile device's information display.
4. Touch Forget Device.
Linking to a Different Phone
To link to a different phone, the new phone must be in the vehicle and paired to the Bluetooth system.
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone shortcut on the applications tray at the bottom of the display.
2. Select Phones.
3. Select the new phone to link to from the not connected phone list.
Switching to Handset or Handsfree Mode
To switch between handset or handsfree mode: . While the active call is hands-free, touch
the Handset option to switch to the handset mode.
The mute icon will not be available nor functional while Handset mode is active.
. While the active call is on the handset, touch the Handset option to switch to the hands-free mode.
Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent Calls
Calls can be made through the Bluetooth system using personal cell phone contact information for all phones that support the Phone Book feature. Become familiar with the phone settings and operation. Verify the cell phone supports this feature.
The Contacts menu accesses the phone book stored in the cell phone.
The Recents menu accesses the recent call list(s) from your cell phone.
To make a call using the Contacts menu:
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
2. Touch Contacts.
3. The Contacts list can be searched by using the first character. Touch A-Z on the infotainment display to scroll through the list of names.
Select the name to call.
4. Select the desired contact number to call.
To make a call using the Recent Calls menu:
1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.
2. Touch Recents. 3. Select the name or number to call.
Making a Call Using the Keypad
To make a call by dialing the numbers: 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone
number.
3. Touch # on the infotainment display to
start dialing the number.
Searching Contacts Using the Keypad
To search for contacts using the keypad: 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone
numbers or contact names using the digits on the keypad to search. Results will show on the right side of the display. Select one to place a call.
Accepting or Declining a Call
When an incoming call is received, the infotainment system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
Accepting a Call
There are three ways to accept a call:
. Press b / g on the steering wheel
controls. . Touch Answer on the infotainment
display. . Select Answer on the instrument cluster
using the select control.
Declining a Call
There are three ways to decline a call:
. Press $ / i on the steering wheel
controls. . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. . Select Ignore on the instrument cluster
using the select control.
Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work.
Accepting a Call
There are three ways to accept a call-waiting call:
. Press b / g on the steering wheel
controls. . Touch Switch on the infotainment display. . Select Switch on the instrument cluster
using the select control.
Declining a Call
There are three ways to decline a call-waiting call:
. Press $ / i on the steering wheel
controls. . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. . Select Ignore on the instrument cluster
using the select control.
Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting Calls Only)
To switch between calls, press the Phone icon on the Home Page to display Call View. While in Call View, touch the call information of the call on hold to change calls.
Three-Way Calling
Three-way calling must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work.
To start a three-way call while in a current call:
1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add another call.
2. Initiate the second call by selecting from Recents, Contacts, or Keypad.
Infotainment System 111
3. When the second call is active, touch the merge icon to conference the three-way call together.
Ending a Call . Press $ / i on the steering wheel
controls.
. Touch # on the infotainment display,
next to a call to end only that call. . Select End on the instrument cluster using
the select control.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send numbers during a call. This is used when calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the Keypad to enter the number.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay capability may be available through a compatible smartphone. If available, the Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will appear on the Home Page of the infotainment display.
To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay:
112 Infotainment System
1. Download the Android Auto app to your smartphone from the Google Play store. There is no app required for Apple CarPlay.
2. Connect your Android smartphone or Apple iPhone by using the compatible phone USB cable and plugging into a USB data port. For best performance, use the device's factory-provided USB cable. Aftermarket or third-party cables may not work.
3. When the phone is first connected to activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, the message "Device Projection Privacy Consent" will appear.
. Touch Continue to launch Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
. Touch Disable to remove Apple CarPlay and Android Auto capability from the vehicle Settings menu. Other functions may still work.
The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons on the Home Page will illuminate depending on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay may automatically launch upon USB connection. If not, touch the Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the Home Page to launch.
Press { on the center stack to return to the
Home Page.
For further information on how to set up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see my.chevrolet.com or see Customer Assistance Offices 0 240.
Android Auto is provided by Google and is subject to Google's terms and privacy policy. Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is subject to Apple's terms and privacy policy. Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto support see https://support.google.com/ androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support see www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may change or suspend availability at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, Google Play, and other marks are trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Press { on the center stack to exit Android
Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and hold {on the center stack.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be disabled from the Infotainment system. To do this, touch Home, Settings, and then
touch the Apps tab along the top of the display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
Settings
The Settings menu may be organized into three categories. Select the desired category by touching System, Apps, or Vehicle.
To access the menus: 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home
Page on the infotainment display. 2. Touch the desired category to display a
list of available options. 3. Touch to select the desired feature
setting.
4. Touch 9 or R to turn off or on a feature. 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the
Settings menu.
The menu may contain the following:
System
The menu may contain the following:
Time / Date
Use the following features to set the clock:
. Automatic Time and Date: Touch On to have the time and date automatically set. When this feature is off, the time and date can be manually set.
. Set Time: Touch to manually set the time using the controls on the infotainment display.
. Set Date: Touch to manually set the date using the controls on the infotainment display.
. Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the clock format shown.
Touch Off or On.
Language
This will set the display language used on the infotainment display. Touch Language and select the appropriate language.
Phones
Touch to connect to a different cell phone or mobile device source, disconnect a cell phone or media device, or delete a cell phone or media device.
Wi-Fi Networks
This will show connected and available Wi-Fi networks.
If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the vehicle, the infotainment system can be connected to an external protected Wi-Fi network, such as a mobile device or home hotspot, to utilize connected services.
Wi-Fi Hotspot
Touch and the following may display:
. Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use the vehicle hotspot.
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable.
. Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle Wi-Fi name.
. Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the vehicle Wi-Fi password.
. Connected Devices: Touch to show connected devices.
. Share Hotspot Data: Touch Enable to allow devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its data, or touch Disable to allow devices to only use the vehicle hotspot.
Privacy
Touch and the following may display:
. Location Services: The Off setting disables sharing of the vehicle location. Emergency services will not be affected when Off is selected.
Infotainment System 113
Display
Touch and the following may display:
. Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate the infotainment display and follow the prompts.
. Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the display off. Touch anywhere on the infotainment display or press any infotainment control on the center stack again to turn the display on.
Sounds
Touch and the following may display:
. Maximum Startup Volume: This feature adjusts the maximum volume of the infotainment system when you start the vehicle. Use the controls on the infotainment display to set the desired startup volume.
. Audible Touch Feedback: This setting determines if a sound plays when you touch the infotainment display or press any infotainment control on the center stack. This feature can be turned off or on.
Favorites
Touch and the following may display:
114 Infotainment System
. Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list of Audio or Mobile Devices favorites.
Favorites can be moved, renamed, or deleted.
To move, touch and hold the favorite, and then drag up or down to rearrange the position.
. Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to select how many favorites pages can be viewed from the audio application. Select Auto for the system to automatically adjust this number based on the number of favorites saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40.
Updates
If equipped, the infotainment system can download and install select software updates over a wireless connection. The system will prompt for certain updates to be downloaded and installed. There is also an option to check for updates manually.
To manually check for updates, touch Settings on the Home Page, followed by Software Information, and then System Update. Follow the on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, download and install updates may vary by vehicle.
Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software updates requires internet connectivity, which can be accessed through the vehicle's built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and active. If required, data plans are provided by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi hotspot such as a compatible mobile device hotspot, home hotspot or public hotspot can be used. Applicable data rates may apply.
To connect the infotainment system to a secured mobile device hotspot, home hotspot, or a public hotspot, touch Settings on the Home Page, select the System tab, followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the on-screen prompts. Download speeds may vary.
On most compatible mobile devices, activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the Settings menu under Mobile Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot or similar.
Availability of Over-the-Air software updates varies by vehicle and country. For more information on this feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn.
Preferences
Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable the download of new updates in the background.
About
Touch to view the infotainment system software information.
Return to Factory Settings
Touch and the following may display: . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle
settings for the current user. Touch Cancel or Reset. . Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases app data settings, user profiles, and personal data including mobile device data. Touch Cancel or Erase.
Apps
The menu may contain the following:
Android Auto
This feature allows you to interact directly with your phone on the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 111.
Touch Off or On.
Apple CarPlay
This feature allows you to interact directly with your phone on the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 111.
Touch Off or On.
Audio
Depending on the current audio source, different options will be available.
Touch and the following may display: . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer,
Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See "Infotainment System Sound Menu" in AM-FM Radio 0 100. . Auto Volume: This feature adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed.
Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, Medium-High, or High. . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list of Audio or Mobile Devices favorites.
Favorites can be moved, renamed, or deleted.
To move, touch and hold the favorite, and then drag up or down to rearrange the position.
. Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to select how many favorites pages can be viewed from the audio application. The Auto setting will automatically adjust this number based on the number of favorites saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40.
. RDS: This allows RDS to be turned off or on.
Touch Off or On.
. Explicit Content Filter: This allows Explicit Content Filter to be turned off or on.
Touch Off or On.
. Manage Phones: Select to connect to a different phone source, disconnect a phone, or delete a phone.
. Reset Music Index: This allows the music index to be reset if you are having difficulty accessing all of the media content on your device.
Touch YES or NO.
Phone
Touch and the following may display:
. My Number: Displays the cell phone number of the Bluetooth connected device.
Infotainment System 115
. Active Call View: Shows active call display when answering a call.
Touch Off or On. . Privacy: Only shows call alerts in the
instrument cluster.
Touch Off or On. . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or
last name. . Re-sync Device Contacts:
This allows the device contacts to re-sync if you are having difficulty accessing all of the contacts on your cell phone. . Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch to delete all vehicle stored contacts. . OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables OnStar cell phone TTY mode.
Touch Disable or Enable.
Vehicle
This menu allows adjustment of different vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
116 Infotainment System
Trademarks and License Agreements
FCC Information See Radio Frequency Statement 0 246. Bluetooth The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by General Motors is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
"Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod or iPhone, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect
wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one time activation fee, and other fees may apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All fees and programming subject to change. Subscriptions subject to Customer Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com or www.siriusxm.ca. SiriusXM service only available in the 48 contiguous United States and Canada. In Canada: Some deterioration of service may occur in extreme northern latitudes. This is beyond the control of SiriusXM Satellite Radio. Explicit Language Notice: Channels with frequent explicit language are indicated with an "XL" preceding the channel name.
Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM Satellite Radio receivers by notifying SiriusXM:
. USA Customers -- See www.siriusxm.com or call 1-888-6016296.
. Canada Customers -- See www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, manipulate, or otherwise make available any technology or software incorporated in receivers compatible with the SiriusXM Satellite Radio System or that support the SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice compression software included in this product is protected by intellectual property rights including patent rights, copyrights, and trade secrets of Digital Voice Systems, Inc.
General Requirements:
1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is required for any product that incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to be manufactured, distributed, or marketed in the SiriusXM Service Area.
2. For products to be distributed, marketed, and/or sold in Canada, a separate agreement is required with Canadian Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM Canada).
Infotainment System 117
118 Climate Controls
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Air Vents Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Maintenance Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . 121 Air Conditioning Regular Operation . . . . 121 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Climate Control Systems
These climate control systems control the heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle.
Climate Control System with Heater and Air Conditioning
1. Temperature Control 2. Fan Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Control 4. Rear Window Defogger 5. Recirculation 6. Air Conditioning
Climate Control System with Heater Only
1. Temperature Control
2. Fan Control
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
4. Rear Window Defogger
5. Recirculation
Temperature Control : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature.
A : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the fan speed. Turning the fan control to 0 turns the fan off. The fan must be turned on to run the air conditioning compressor.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to change the current airflow mode.
Select from the following air delivery modes:
Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel
outlets.
\ : Air is divided between the instrument
panel and floor outlets.
[ : Air is directed to the floor outlets.
W : This mode clears the windows of fog
or moisture. Air is directed to the floor, windshield, and side window outlets.
1 : This mode clears the windshield of fog
or frost more quickly. Air is directed to the windshield and side window outlets.
Do not drive the vehicle until all windows are clear.
In defrost or defog mode, excessive air conditioning use can cause the windows to fog. If this happens, change the air delivery
mode to Y and reduce the fan speed.
A/C : If equipped with air conditioning, follow these steps to use the system. Turn
A to the desired speed. The air
conditioning does not operate when the fan control knob is in the off position. Press A/C to turn the air conditioning on and off. When A/C is pressed, an indicator light comes on to show that the air conditioning is on.
For quick cool down on hot days:
1. Open the windows to let hot air escape.
2. Press M.
3. Press A/C.
4. Select the coolest temperature.
5. Select the highest A speed.
Using these settings together for long periods of time may cause the air inside the vehicle to become too dry. To prevent this from happening, after the air in the vehicle has cooled, turn the recirculation mode off.
M : This mode recirculates and helps to
quickly cool the air inside the vehicle. It can be used to reduce the entry of outside air and odors.
Press M to turn the recirculation mode
on. An indicator light comes on to show
that the recirculation is on. Press M again
to return to outside air mode.
Climate Controls 119
Using the recirculation mode for extended periods may cause the windows to fog. If this happens, select the defrost mode.
If the air delivery mode is set to W or 1,
A/C operation and outside air mode will be fixed to defog or defrost as quickly as possible regardless of indicator status.
Rear Window and Outside Mirror Defogger
1 : Press to turn the rear window and
outside mirror defogger on or off. An indicator light comes on to show that the feature is on.
The rear window defogger can be turned off
by pressing 1 again or by turning the
ignition off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.
If equipped with heated outside mirrors, they turn on with the rear window defogger and help to clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror. See Heated Mirrors 0 21.
Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window can damage the rear window defogger. Repairs would
(Continued)
120 Climate Controls
Caution (Continued) not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not clear the inside rear window with sharp objects.
Air Vents
Adjustable air vents are in the center and on the side of the instrument panel.
. Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system. Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle.
Maintenance
Air Intake
Move the slats to change the direction of the airflow. The center air vent does not close completely.
Additional air vents are located beneath the windshield and the driver and passenger side door windows, and in the footwells. These are fixed and cannot be adjusted.
Operation Tips
. Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from air inlets at the base of the windshield that could block the flow of air into the vehicle.
. Clear snow off the hood to improve visibility and help decrease moisture drawn into the vehicle.
. Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively.
The air intake at the base of the windshield under the hood must be kept clear to allow the flow of air into the vehicle. Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves.
Passenger Compartment Air Filter
The filter reduces the dust, pollen, and other airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 225. To find out what type of filter to use, see Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 233.
1. Open the glove box completely and loosen the bolts on the outboard side.
2. Push in both sides of the glove box and pull to remove.
3. Open the filter cover by releasing the tabs on both sides and pulling up the cover.
4. Replace the air filter.
5. Close the air filter cover and tabs.
6. Reinstall the glove box.
See your dealer if additional assistance is needed.
Air Conditioning Regular Operation
To ensure continuous efficient performance, operate the air conditioning for a few minutes once a month. The air conditioning will not operate if the outside temperature is too low.
Climate Controls 121
Caution
Damage caused by improper refrigerant usage could lead to costly repairs and may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Refrigerant systems should only be serviced by qualified personnel. Always use the correct refrigerant.
{ Warning
Performing service work to the climate control system could cause personal injury or damage to the vehicle. Climate control systems are serviced by qualified personnel only.
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation.
122 Climate Controls
During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns.
The air conditioning system requires periodic maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 225.
Driving and Operating
Driving Information Driving for Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 124 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Impaired Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Starting and Operating New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Ignition Positions (Key Access) . . . . . . . . . 133 Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) . . . . . 135 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . 139 Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Parking (Manual Transmission) . . . . . . . . 140 Parking over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . 140 Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Engine Exhaust Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 141
Automatic Transmission Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Manual Transmission Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Brakes Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Ride Control Systems Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Cruise Control Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Driver Assistance Systems Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . 154 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . 155
Driving and Operating 123
Fuel Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 159
Trailer Towing General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Conversions and Add-Ons Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 159
124 Driving and Operating
Driving Information
Driving for Better Fuel Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible: . Set the climate controls to the desired
temperature after the engine is started, or turn them off when not required. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. . Avoid idling the engine for long periods of time. . When road and weather conditions are appropriate, use cruise control. . Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions require. . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. . Combine several trips into a single trip. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire's sidewall near the size. . Follow recommended scheduled maintenance.
Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms and can take your focus from the task of driving. Exercise good judgment and do not let other activities divert your attention away from the road. Many local governments have enacted laws regarding driver distraction. Become familiar with the local laws in your area.
To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes on the road, keep your hands on the steering wheel, and focus your attention on driving.
. Do not use a phone in demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to place or receive necessary phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat passenger to handle potential distractions.
. Become familiar with vehicle features before driving, such as programming favorite radio stations and adjusting climate control and seat settings. Program all trip information into any navigation device prior to driving.
. Wait until the vehicle is parked to retrieve items that have fallen to the floor.
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend to children.
. Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or restraint.
. Avoid stressful conversations while driving, whether with a passenger or on a cell phone.
{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too long or too often could cause a crash resulting in injury or death. Focus your attention on driving.
Refer to the infotainment section for more information on using that system and the navigation system, if equipped, including pairing and using a cell phone.
Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means "always expect the unexpected." The first step in driving defensively is to wear the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 30.
. Assume that other road users (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) are going to be careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they may do and be ready.
. Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you.
. Focus on the task of driving.
Impaired Driving
Death and injury associated with impaired driving is a global tragedy.
{ Warning
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol or drugs. You can have a serious -- or even fatal -- collision if you drive after drinking or taking drugs.
Do not drive while under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver who has been drinking or is impaired by drugs. Find alternate transportation home; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will remain sober.
Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to control a vehicle while driving.
Braking
Braking action involves perception time and reaction time. Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:
. Keep enough distance between you and the vehicle in front of you.
. Avoid needless heavy braking. . Keep pace with traffic.
If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven, brake normally but do not pump the brakes. Doing so could make the pedal harder to push down. If the engine stops, there will be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is
Driving and Operating 125
applied. Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push.
Steering
Caution
To avoid damage to the steering system, do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, or similar objects at speeds greater than 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving over other objects such as lane dividers and speed bumps. Damage caused by misuse of the vehicle is not covered by the vehicle warranty.
126 Driving and Operating
Electric Power Steering
The vehicle has electric power steering. It does not have power steering fluid. Regular maintenance is not required.
If power steering assist is lost due to a system malfunction, the vehicle can be steered, but may require increased effort. See your dealer if there is a problem.
If the steering wheel is turned until it reaches the end of its travel and is held against that position for an extended period of time, power steering assist may be reduced.
If the steering assist is used for an extended period of time while the vehicle is not moving, power assist may be reduced.
Normal use of the power steering assist should return when the system cools down.
See your dealer if there is a problem.
Curve Tips . Take curves at a reasonable speed. . Reduce speed before entering a curve. . Maintain a reasonable steady speed
through the curve.
. Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating gently into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies . There are some situations when steering
around a problem may be more effective than braking. . Holding both sides of the steering wheel allows you to turn 180 degrees without removing a hand. . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows steering while braking.
Off-Road Recovery
The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle so that it straddles the edge of the pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge.
3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.
Loss of Control
Skidding
There are three types of skids that correspond to the vehicle's three control systems:
. Braking Skid -- wheels are not rolling. . Steering or Cornering Skid -- too much
speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force.
. Acceleration Skid -- too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions, and by not overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these suggestions:
. Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and steer the way you want the vehicle to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be ready for a second skid if it occurs.
. Slow down and adjust your driving according to weather conditions. Stopping distance can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other material on the road. Learn to recognize warning clues -- such as enough water, ice, or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface -- and slow down when you have any doubt.
. Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, or braking, including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid.
Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep-standing or flowing water.
{ Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes. They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side. You could lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large puddle of water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces. Driving through flowing water could cause the vehicle to be carried away. If this happens, you and other vehicle occupants could drown. Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water.
Driving and Operating 127
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build up under the vehicle's tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet weather driving tips include: . Allow extra following distance. . Pass with caution. . Keep windshield wiping equipment in
good shape. . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir
filled. . Have good tires with proper tread depth.
See Tires 0 189. . Turn off cruise control.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
128 Driving and Operating
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in good shape.
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, cooling system, and transmission.
. Shift to a lower gear when going down steep or long hills.
{ Warning
Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a long downhill slope can cause brake overheating, can reduce brake performance, and could result in a loss of braking. Shift the transmission to a lower gear to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope.
{ Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with the ignition off is dangerous. This can cause overheating of the brakes and loss of steering assist. Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear.
. Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross the center line.
. Be alert on top of hills; something could be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash).
. Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., falling rocks area, winding roads, long grades, passing or no-passing zones) and take appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Snow or ice between the tires and the road creates less traction or grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated.
For Slippery Road Driving:
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the surface under the tires slick.
. Turn on Traction Control. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 146.
. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves vehicle stability during hard stops, but the brakes should be applied sooner than when on dry pavement. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) 0 145.
. Allow greater following distance and watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded areas. The surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice.
. Turn off cruise control.
Blizzard Conditions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program 0 242. To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe:
. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror.
{ Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to get inside. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
. Clear snow from the base of the vehicle, especially any blocking the exhaust pipe.
. Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the vehicle side that is away from the wind, to bring in fresh air.
. Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel.
. Adjust the climate control system to circulate the air inside the vehicle and set the fan speed to the highest setting. See "Climate Control Systems."
For more information about CO, see Engine Exhaust 0 141.
To save fuel, run the engine for short periods to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and partially close the window. Moving about to keep warm also helps.
If it takes time for help to arrive, when running the engine, push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed. This keeps the battery
charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible, to save fuel.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction system to free the vehicle, turn the traction system off and use the rocking method. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 146.
{ Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, they can explode, and you or others could be injured. The vehicle can overheat, causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 56 km/h (35 mph).
Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any traction system. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear,
Driving and Operating 129
spinning the wheels as little as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. If the vehicle does need to be towed out, see Towing the Vehicle 0 212.
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed options. Two labels on the vehicle may show how much weight it may properly carry: the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label.
130 Driving and Operating
{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). This can cause systems to break and change the way the vehicle handles. This could cause loss of control and a crash. Overloading can also reduce stopping distance, damage the tires, and shorten the life of the vehicle. Tire and Loading Information Label
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle's center pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating positions (1), and the maximum vehicle capacity weight (2) in kilograms and pounds.
The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the tire size of the original equipment tires (3) and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures (4). For more information on tires and inflation see Tires 0 189 and Tire Pressure 0 194.
There is also important loading information on the Certification label. It may show the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and rear axle. See "Certification Label" later in this section.
"Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle."
This vehicle is neither designed nor intended to tow a trailer.
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs).
Example 1
Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
Driving and Operating 131 3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg
(250 lbs).
Example 3 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). 3. Available Cargo Weight =
0 kg (0 lbs). Refer to the vehicle's Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about the vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The
132 Driving and Operating combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle's capacity weight. Certification Label
Label Example A vehicle-specific Certification label is attached to the vehicle's center pillar (B-pillar). The label may show the gross weight capacity of the vehicle, called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo.
{ Warning
Things inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash.
. Put things in the cargo area of the vehicle. In the cargo area, put them as far forward as possible. Try to spread the weight evenly.
. Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats.
. Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in the vehicle.
. Secure loose items in the vehicle.
. Do not leave a seat folded down unless needed.
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an elaborate break-in. But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines:
. Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, for the first 805 km (500 mi). Do not make full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle.
. Avoid making hard stops for the first 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings.
Following break-in, engine speed and load can be gradually increased.
Ignition Positions (Key Access)
0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF 1. ACC/ACCESSORY 2. ON/RUN 3. START The ignition switch has four positions. To shift out of P (Park) with an automatic transmission, the ignition must be in ON/ RUN and the brake pedal must be applied.
0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF) : This position turns off the vehicle. It also locks the ignition, the transmission on an automatic transmission vehicle, and the steering column, if equipped with a locking steering column.
To turn off the vehicle: 1. Make sure that the vehicle is stopped. 2. Shift to P (Park) with an automatic
transmission, or Neutral with a manual transmission. 3. Continue to hold the brake pedal, then set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 0 145.
Driving and Operating 133
4. Push the key all the way in toward the steering column (1), then turn the key to LOCK/OFF (2).
5. Remove the key.
6. Release the brake pedal.
See your dealer if the key can be removed in any other position.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 139.
A warning chime will sound when the driver door is opened and the key is in the ignition.
If equipped with a locking steering column, the steering can bind with the front wheels turned off center, which may prevent key rotation out of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, move the steering wheel from right to left while turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this does not work, then the vehicle needs service.
134 Driving and Operating
{ Warning
Turning off the vehicle while moving may cause loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags. While driving, turn off the vehicle only in an emergency.
In an emergency, if the vehicle cannot be pulled over and must be turned off while driving:
1. Push the key all the way in toward the steering column, then turn the key to ACC/ACCESSORY.
2. Brake using firm and steady pressure. Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This may deplete power assist, requiring increased brake pedal force.
3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can be done while the vehicle is moving. Continue braking and steer the vehicle to a safe location.
4. Come to a complete stop.
5. Shift to P (Park) with an automatic transmission, or Neutral with a manual transmission.
6. Continue to hold the brake pedal, then set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 0 145.
7. Push the key all the way in toward the steering column, then turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
8. Remove the key.
9. Release the brake pedal.
Caution
Use the correct key, make sure it is all the way in -- or pushed all the way in toward the steering column when turning off the vehicle -- and turn it only with your hand.
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This position allows features such as the infotainment system to operate while the vehicle is off. It also unlocks the steering column, if equipped with a locking steering column. Use this position if the vehicle must be pushed or towed. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 139.
From ON/RUN, push the key all the way in toward the steering column, then turn the key to ACC/ACCESSORY.
If the key is left in ACC/ACCESSORY with the engine off, the battery could drain and the vehicle may not start.
A warning chime will sound when the driver door is opened and the key is in the ignition.
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be used to operate the electrical accessories and to display some instrument cluster warning and indicator lights. This position can also be used for service and diagnostics, and to verify the proper operation of the malfunction indicator lamp as may be required for emission inspection purposes. The switch stays in this position when the engine is running. The transmission is also unlocked in this position on automatic transmission vehicles.
If the key is left in ON/RUN with the engine off, the battery could drain and the vehicle may not start.
3 (START) : This is the position that starts the engine. When the engine starts, release the key. The ignition returns to ON/RUN for driving.
Ignition Positions (Keyless Access)
The vehicle may be equipped with an electronic keyless ignition with pushbutton start. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter must be in the vehicle for the system to operate. If the pushbutton start is not working, the vehicle may be near a strong radio antenna signal causing interference to the Keyless Access system. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 9 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 11.
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN and the brake pedal must be applied.
Stopping the Engine/OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the engine off.
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 139.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and the Driver Information Center (DIC) will display the message SHIFT TO PARK. When the vehicle is shifted into P (Park), the ignition system will switch to OFF.
Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is moving. This will cause a loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This may deplete power assist, requiring increased brake pedal force.
Driving and Operating 135
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can be done while the vehicle is moving. After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply the brakes and steer the vehicle to a safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift to P (Park) with an automatic transmission, or Neutral with a manual transmission. Turn the ignition to OFF.
4. Set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 0 145.
{ Warning
Turning off the vehicle while moving may cause loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags. While driving, only shut the vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and must be shut off while driving, press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds, or press twice in five seconds.
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) : This mode allows you to use some electrical accessories when the engine is off.
136 Driving and Operating
With the ignition off, pressing the button one time without the brake pedal applied will place the ignition system in ACC/ ACCESSORY.
The ignition will switch from ACC/ ACCESSORY to OFF after five minutes to prevent battery rundown.
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This mode is for driving and starting. With the ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, pressing the button once will place the ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once engine cranking begins, release the button. Engine cranking will continue until the engine starts. See Starting the Engine 0 136. The ignition will then remain in ON/RUN.
Service Mode
This power mode is available for service and diagnostics, and to verify the proper operation of the malfunction indicator lamp as may be required for emission inspection purposes. With the vehicle off, and the brake pedal not applied, pressing and holding the button for more than five seconds will place the vehicle in Service Mode. The instruments and audio systems will operate as they do in ON/RUN, but the
vehicle will not be able to be driven. The engine will not start in Service Mode. Press the button again to turn the vehicle off.
Starting the Engine
Place the transmission in the proper gear.
Caution If you add electrical parts or accessories, you could change the way the engine operates. Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 159.
Automatic Transmission
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). To restart the vehicle when it is already moving, use N (Neutral) only.
Caution Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. If you do, you could damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) only when the vehicle is stopped.
Manual Transmission
The shift lever should be in Neutral and the parking brake engaged. Hold the clutch pedal down to the floor, press the brake pedal and start the engine.
Key Access
1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, turn the ignition key to START. When the engine starts, let go of the key. The idle speed will go down as the engine warms. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. Allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts.
Caution
Cranking the engine for long periods of time, by trying to start the engine immediately after cranking has ended, can overheat and damage the cranking motor, and drain the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to let the cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start after five to 10 seconds, especially in very cold weather (below -18 °C or 0 °F), it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Push the accelerator pedal all the way to the
floor and hold it there as you hold the key in START for a maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to allow the cranking motor to cool. When the engine starts, let go of the key and accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again, repeat the procedure. This clears the extra gasoline from the engine. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts.
Keyless Access
1. With the Keyless Access system, the RKE transmitter must be in the vehicle. For vehicles with an automatic transmission, press the brake pedal, then press ENGINE START/STOP on the instrument panel.
For vehicles with a manual transmission, press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal first, then press ENGINE START/STOP.
The idle speed will go down as the engine gets warm. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it.
If the RKE transmitter is not in the vehicle, if there is interference, or if the RKE battery is low, a Driver Information
Center (DIC) message will display. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 83 and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 9 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 11.
Caution
Cranking the engine for long periods of time, by trying to start the engine immediately after cranking has ended, can overheat and damage the cranking motor, and drain the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to let the cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start after five to 10 seconds, especially in very cold weather (below -18 °C or 0 °F), it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you press ENGINE START/STOP, for up to a maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to allow the cranking motor to cool down. When the engine starts, let go of the button and the accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again, do the same thing. This clears the extra gasoline
Driving and Operating 137
from the engine. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts.
Engine Heater
The engine heater can provide easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm-up in cold weather conditions at or below -18 °C or 0 °F. Vehicles with an engine heater should be plugged in at least four hours before starting.
{ Warning
Do not plug in the engine block heater while the vehicle is parked in a garage or under a carport. Property damage or personal injury may result. Always park the vehicle in a clear open area away from buildings or structures.
1. Turn off the engine.
138 Driving and Operating
2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord. The cord is in the driver side of the engine compartment, near the engine coolant surge tank. It is shipped from the factory with a tie holding it in place. Use care in removing the tie so that the cord is not damaged. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is damaged, do not use it. See your dealer for a replacement. Inspect the cord for damage yearly.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
{ Warning
Improper use of the heater cord or an extension cord can damage the cord and may result in overheating and fire.
. Plug the cord into a three-prong electrical utility receptacle that is protected by a ground fault detection function. An ungrounded outlet could cause an electric shock.
. Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. Failure to use the recommended extension cord in good operating condition, or using a damaged heater (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
or extension cord, could make it overheat and cause a fire, property damage, electric shock, and injury.
. Do not operate the vehicle with the heater cord permanently attached to the vehicle. Possible heater cord and thermostat damage could occur.
. While in use, do not let the heater cord touch vehicle parts or sharp edges. Never close the hood on the heater cord.
. Before starting the vehicle, unplug the cord, reattach the cover to the plug, and securely fasten the cord. Keep the cord away from any moving parts.
4. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts.
The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a dealer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
When the ignition is turned from on to off, the following features (if equipped) will continue to function for up to 10 minutes, or until the driver door is opened. These features will also work when the ignition is in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY:
. Infotainment System
. Power Windows (during RAP this functionality will be lost when any door is opened)
. Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will be lost when any door is opened)
. Auxiliary Power Outlet
. Audio System
. OnStar System
Shifting Into Park
1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 0 145.
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) by pressing the button on the shift lever and pushing the lever all the way toward the front of the vehicle.
3. Turn the ignition off. For key access vehicles, push the ignition key in, toward the steering column and then turn the ignition off.
4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can leave the vehicle with the ignition key in your hand, the vehicle is in P (Park).
Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine Running (Automatic Transmission)
{ Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running. It could overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 139.
Driving and Operating 139
If you have to leave the vehicle with the engine running, be sure the vehicle is in P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set before you leave it. After you have moved the shift lever into P (Park), hold the brake pedal down. Then see if you can move the shift lever away from P (Park) without first pressing the button on the shift lever. If you can, it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park).
Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission)
If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift the transmission into P (Park) properly, the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission. You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). This is called "torque lock." To prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and then shift into P (Park) properly before you leave the driver seat. To find out how, see "Shifting Into Park" previously in this section.
When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of P (Park) before you release the parking brake.
140 Driving and Operating
If torque lock does occur, you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission, so you can pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with a shift lock release system. The shift lock release is designed to: . Prevent ignition key removal unless the
shift lever is in P (Park) with the shift lever button fully released. . Prevent movement of the shift lever out of P (Park) unless the ignition is on and the brake pedal is applied.
The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of an uncharged or low voltage (less than 9-volt) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage, try charging or jump starting the battery. See Jump Starting - North America 0 210.
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Start the vehicle.
3. Press the shift lever button.
4. Move the shift lever to the desired position.
If still unable to shift out of P (Park):
1. Fully release the shift lever button.
2. Hold the brake pedal down and press the shift lever button again.
3. Move the shift lever to the desired position.
If the shift lever still cannot be moved from P (Park), have the vehicle serviced soon.
The doors may lock when shifting from P (Park). See Automatic Door Locks 0 15.
Parking (Manual Transmission)
{ Warning
If the vehicle has a manual transmission, never get out of the vehicle without first moving the shift lever into 1st or R (Reverse), setting the parking brake and turning the ignition off. The vehicle can roll, which could cause serious injury or death.
Parking over Things That Burn
{ Warning
Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, dry grass, or other things that can burn.
Extended Parking
It is best not to park with the vehicle running. If the vehicle is left running, be sure it will not move and there is adequate ventilation. See Shifting Into Park 0 139 and Engine Exhaust 0 141.
If the vehicle is left parked and running with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter outside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to half an hour.
If the vehicle is left parked and running with the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to an hour.
The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is parked on a hill, due to lack of available fuel.
Automatic Transmission
The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken out of P (Park) while it is running.
Manual Transmission
The timer will reset if vehicle speed exceeds 4 km/h (2.5 mph).
Engine Exhaust
{ Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes).
. The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different.
. The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage. (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
. The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired.
. There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from damage or aftermarket modifications that are not completely sealed.
If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the vehicle:
. Drive it only with the windows completely down.
. Have the vehicle repaired immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation.
Running the Vehicle While Parked
It is better not to park with the engine running.
Driving and Operating 141
If the vehicle is left with the engine running, follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park 0 139 and Engine Exhaust 0 141. If the vehicle has a manual transmission, see Parking (Manual Transmission) 0 140.
Automatic Transmission
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
The CVT is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation. A display in the instrument cluster indicates the selected range.
142 Driving and Operating
P : This position locks the drive wheels. Use P (Park) when starting the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily.
{ Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 139.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in P (Park) before starting the engine. The vehicle has a shift lock release control. The brake pedal must be fully applied, and the shift lever button must be pressed before shifting from P (Park) while the ignition is on. If the transmission will not shift out of P (Park), ease pressure on the shift lever and push the shift lever all the way into P (Park) while
maintaining brake application. Then move the shift lever into another gear. See Shifting out of Park 0 140.
R : Use this gear to back up.
Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is stopped.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 129.
N : In this position, the engine does not connect with the wheels. To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving, use N (Neutral) only.
{ Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal, the vehicle could move
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
very rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or objects. Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed.
Caution Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle.
Caution A transmission hot message may display if the automatic transmission fluid is too hot. Driving under this condition can damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the engine to cool the automatic transmission fluid. This message clears when the transmission fluid has cooled sufficiently.
D : This position is for normal driving. If more power is needed for passing, press the accelerator pedal down.
L : This position reduces vehicle speed without using the brakes by using the braking effect of engine compression. It can help control vehicle speed going down steep hills, on long downhill grades, or on mountain roads, along with using the brakes off and on. This may prolong the life of the brake linings.
In the event of a fault, the malfunction indicator lamp illuminates. See your dealer for repairs.
Manual Transmission
Caution Shifting the vehicle initially into any gear other than 1 (First) or R (Reverse) can damage the clutch. Shift the manual transmission in the proper sequence, and time the gear shifting with the accelerator to avoid revving the engine and damaging the clutch.
Driving and Operating 143
Caution
The message MANUAL TRANSMISSION -- RELEASE CLUTCH PEDAL displays and a chime sounds if the manual transmission clutch pedal is partially applied for an extended period of time while the vehicle is being driven. Driving with the clutch pedal applied can reduce the life of the clutch and/or damage it. Fully release the clutch pedal after each gear change.
Caution
The message REDUCED PERFORMANCE -- REDUCE CLUTCH USE displays and engine torque is momentarily limited if excessive manual transmission clutch slip is detected while the clutch pedal is fully released. This could be caused by a hot clutch. Apply less pressure on the accelerator pedal when accelerating from a stop. Also, fully release the accelerator pedal during gear changes. This will allow the clutch to cool and should prevent further clutch slip while the clutch pedal is fully released. If this message displays
(Continued)
144 Driving and Operating
Caution (Continued)
repeatedly, see your dealer. Repeated clutch slip could cause permanent damage.
1 : Press the clutch pedal and shift into 1 (First). Then, slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal.
If you have come to a complete stop and it is hard to shift into 1 (First), put the shift lever in Neutral and let up on the clutch. Press the clutch pedal back down. Then shift into 1 (First).
2 : Press the clutch pedal as you let up on the accelerator pedal and shift into 2 (Second). Then, slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal.
3, 4, and 5 : Shift into 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), and 5 (Fifth) the same way as for 2 (Second). Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal.
To stop, let up on the accelerator pedal and press the brake pedal. Just before the vehicle stops, press the clutch pedal and the brake pedal, and shift to Neutral.
Neutral : Use this position when you start or idle the engine.
R : To back up, press down the clutch pedal and shift into R (Reverse). Let up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal.
Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is stopped.
Caution
Do not rest your hand on the shift lever while driving. The pressure could cause premature wear in the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Shift Speeds
{ Warning
If you skip a gear when downshifting, you could lose control of the vehicle. You could injure yourself or others. Do not shift down more than one gear at a time when downshifting.
Up-Shift Light
Vehicles equipped with a manual transmission may have an up-shift light. This light indicates when to shift to the next higher gear for better fuel economy. For the best fuel economy, accelerate slowly and shift when the light comes on, and if the weather, road, and traffic conditions allow. It is normal for the light to go on and off if the accelerator position changes quickly. Ignore the light during downshifts.
Brakes
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps prevent a braking skid and maintain steering while braking hard. ABS performs a system check when the vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor or clicking noise may be heard while this test is going on, and the brake pedal may move slightly. This is normal.
If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light 0 77. ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot on the brake pedal and does not always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave enough room ahead to stop, even with ABS.
Using ABS Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS operate is normal. Braking in Emergencies ABS allows steering and braking at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can help even more than braking.
Parking Brake
To set the parking brake: 1. Hold the regular brake pedal down. 2. Pull up firmly on the parking brake
handle without pressing the release button.
Driving and Operating 145
3. The brake system warning light will come on, if the ignition is on. See Brake System Warning Light 0 77.
To release the parking brake:
1. Hold the regular brake pedal down.
2. Pull the parking brake handle up until the release button can be pressed easily.
3. Hold the release button while lowering the brake handle all the way down.
4. The brake system warning light will turn off, if the ignition is on.
Caution
Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts. Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving.
Driving with the parking brake applied will cause a warning chime to sound and a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may display. Release the parking brake or stop the vehicle.
146 Driving and Operating
Brake Assist
Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal applications due to emergency braking situations and provides additional braking to activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement during this time may occur. Continue to apply the brake pedal as the driving situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages when the brake pedal is released.
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
{ Warning
Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does not replace the need to pay attention and drive safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or warnings provided by this system. Failure to use proper care when driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving 0 124.
When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill Start Assist (HSA) temporarily prevents the vehicle from rolling in an unintended direction during the transition from brake
pedal release to accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release when the accelerator pedal is applied or automatically release after a few seconds. The brakes may also release under other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold the vehicle.
HSA is available when the vehicle is facing uphill in a forward gear, or when facing downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA to activate.
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC), an electronic stability control system. These systems help limit wheel slip and assist the driver in maintaining control, especially on slippery road conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any of the drive wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction. When this happens, TCS
applies the brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces engine power to limit wheel spin.
StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle senses a difference between the intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping the vehicle on the intended path.
If cruise control is being used and traction control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. Cruise control may be turned back on when road conditions allow.
Both systems come on automatically when the vehicle is started and begins to move. The systems may be heard or felt while they are operating or while performing diagnostic checks. This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both systems on for normal driving conditions, but it may be necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 129 and "Turning the Systems Off and On" later in this section.
The indicator light for both systems is in the instrument cluster. This light will:
. Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin. . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated. . Turn on and stay on when either system
is not working.
If either system fails to turn on or to activate, a message displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC), and d comes on
and stays on to indicate that the system is inactive and is not assisting the driver in maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to drive, but driving should be adjusted accordingly.
If d comes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays
on, the vehicle may need more time to diagnose the problem. If the condition persists, see your dealer. Turning the Systems Off and On
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC is on the lower instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel.
Caution Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle driveline could be damaged.
Driving and Operating 147
To turn off only TCS, press and release g. The Traction Off light i displays in the
instrument cluster. The appropriate DIC message displays.
To turn TCS on again, press and release g. The Traction Off light i displayed in the
instrument cluster will turn off. The appropriate DIC message displays.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is
pressed, the system will not turn off until the wheels stop spinning.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC,
press and hold g until the Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC Off light g come on
and stay on in the instrument cluster. The appropriate DIC message displays.
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again,
press and release g. The Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC Off light g in the
instrument cluster turn off. The appropriate DIC message displays.
Adding accessories can affect the vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications 0 161.
148 Driving and Operating
Cruise Control
If the vehicle is equipped with cruise control, a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below 40 km/h (25 mph).
{ Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed. Do not use cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip, and you could lose control. Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.
If the vehicle's Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system begins to limit wheel spin while using cruise control, the cruise control will automatically disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 146. If a collision alert occurs when cruise control is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 153.
When road conditions allow you to safely use it again, the cruise control can be turned back on. Cruise control will disengage if either TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. If the brakes are applied, cruise control disengages.
J : Press to turn the cruise control system
on and off. A white indicator comes on in the instrument cluster when cruise is turned on. RES/+ : If there is a set speed in memory, move the thumbwheel up briefly to resume to that speed or hold upward to accelerate. If cruise control is already active, use to increase vehicle speed.
SET/- : Move the thumbwheel down briefly to set the speed and activate cruise control. If cruise control is already active, use to decrease speed.
* : Press to disengage cruise control
without erasing the set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
If J is on when not in use, SET/- or RES/+
could get bumped and go into cruise when
not desired. Keep J off when cruise
control is not being used.
To set cruise control:
1. Press J to turn the cruise system on.
2. Get to the speed desired.
3. Move the thumbwheel down to SET/and release it.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
The cruise control indicator on the instrument cluster turns green after cruise control has been set to the desired speed. See Instrument Cluster 0 72.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a desired speed and then the brakes or clutch for manual
transmissions are applied or * is pressed,
the cruise control is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move the thumbwheel up toward RES/+ briefly. The vehicle returns to the previous set speed.
Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is already activated:
. Move the thumbwheel up toward RES/+ and hold it until the desired speed is reached, then release it.
. To increase the vehicle speed in small increments, move the thumbwheel up toward RES/+ briefly and then release it. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.
The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 83. The increment value used depends on the units displayed.
Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is already activated:
. Move the thumbwheel toward SET/- and hold until the desired lower speed is reached, then release it.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller increments, move the thumbwheel toward SET/- briefly. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 83. The increment value used depends on the units displayed.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the vehicle slows down to the previous set cruise control speed. While pressing the accelerator pedal or shortly following the release to override cruise control, briefly moving the thumbwheel toward SET/- will result in cruise control set to the current vehicle speed.
Driving and Operating 149
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well cruise control works on hills depends on the vehicle speed, load, and the steepness of the hills. When going up steep hills, you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle speed. When going downhill, you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down. If the brake pedal is applied, cruise control will disengage.
Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise control: . To disengage cruise control, step lightly
on the brake pedal or clutch for manual transmission.
. Press * on the steering wheel.
. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
. To turn off cruise control, press J on
the steering wheel.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is erased from
memory if the J button is pressed or if
the ignition is turned off.
150 Driving and Operating
Driver Assistance Systems
This vehicle may have features that work together to help avoid crashes or reduce crash damage while driving, backing, and parking. Read this entire section before using these systems.
{ Warning
Do not rely on the Driver Assistance Systems. These systems do not replace the need for paying attention and driving safely. You may not hear or see alerts or warnings provided by these systems. Failure to use proper care when driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving 0 124.
Under many conditions, these systems will not:
. Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals.
. Detect vehicles or objects outside the area monitored by the system.
. Work at all driving speeds.
. Warn you or provide you with enough time to avoid a crash. (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
. Work under poor visibility or bad weather conditions.
. Work if the detection sensor is not cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
. Work if the detection sensor is covered up, such as with a sticker, magnet, or metal plate.
. Work if the area surrounding the detection sensor is damaged or not properly repaired.
Complete attention is always required while driving, and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Audible Alert
Some driver assistance features alert the driver of obstacles by beeping. To change the volume of the warning chime, see "Comfort and Convenience" under Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Cleaning
Depending on vehicle options, keep these areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best driver assistance feature performance. Driver Information Center (DIC) messages may display when the systems are unavailable or blocked.
. Front and rear bumpers and the area below the bumpers
. Front grille and headlamps . Front camera lens in the front grille or
near the front emblem
. Front side and rear side panels . Outside of the windshield in front of the
rearview mirror
. Rear side corner bumpers . Rear Vision Camera above the license
plate
Radio Frequency
This vehicle may be equipped with driver assistance systems that operate using radio frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 246.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), the RVC displays an image of the area behind the vehicle in the infotainment display. The previous screen displays when the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after a short delay. To return to the previous screen sooner, press Home or Back on the infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive).
1. View Displayed by the Camera
Driving and Operating 151
1. View Displayed by the Camera 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper Displayed images may be farther or closer than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper do not display. A warning triangle may appear on the infotainment display to show that Rear Park Assist (RPA) or Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) has detected an object. This triangle changes from amber to red and increases in size the closer the object.
152 Driving and Operating
{ Warning
The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of the cameras' field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always check behind and around the vehicle before driving. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Park Assist
If equipped, the Rear Park Assist (RPA) system assists the driver with parking and avoiding objects while in R (Reverse). RPA operates at speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph). The sensors on the rear bumper detect objects up to 1.7 m (5.5 ft) behind the vehicle, and at least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground. The distance objects can be detected may be less during warmer or humid weather.
{ Warning
The Park Assist system does not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects below the bumper or that are too close or too far from the vehicle. It is not available at speeds greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, always check the area around the vehicle and check all mirrors before backing.
How the System Works
RPA comes on automatically when the shift lever is moved into R (Reverse).
An obstacle is indicated by audible beeps. The interval between the beeps becomes shorter as the vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. When the distance is less than 50 cm (20 in) the beeping is a continuous tone.
Turning the System On and Off
The RPA system can be turned on and off using the infotainment system controls. See Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly
This light may come on for the following reasons: . The sensors are not clean. Keep the
vehicle's rear bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. For cleaning instructions, see Exterior Care 0 216. . The sensors are covered by frost or ice. Frost or ice can form around and behind the sensors and may not always be seen; this can occur after washing the vehicle in cold weather. The light may not clear until the frost or ice has melted. . An object was hanging out of the liftgate during the last drive cycle. Once the object is removed, RPA will return to normal operation. . The bumper is damaged. Take the vehicle to your dealer to repair the system.
. Other conditions, such as vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck, are affecting system performance.
If the above conditions do not exist, take the vehicle to your dealer to repair the system.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may help to avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes. When approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a red flashing alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps. FCA also lights an amber visual alert if following another vehicle much too closely.
FCA detects vehicles within a distance of approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph).
{ Warning
FCA is a warning system and does not apply the brakes. When approaching a slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, or when following a vehicle
(Continued)
Warning (Continued) too closely, FCA may not provide a warning with enough time to help avoid a crash. It also may not provide any warning at all. FCA does not warn of pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, bridges, construction barrels, or other objects. Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving 0 124.
FCA can be disabled through vehicle personalization. See Vehicle Personalization 0 88. Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA system detects a vehicle ahead. When a vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead indicator will display green. Vehicles may not be detected on curves, highway exit ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a
Driving and Operating 153
vehicle ahead is partially blocked by pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not detect another vehicle ahead until it is completely in the driving lane.
{ Warning
FCA does not provide a warning to help avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. It may also not detect a vehicle on winding or hilly roads, or in conditions that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, or snow, or if the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in proper condition. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in good repair.
Collision Alert
154 Driving and Operating
When your vehicle approaches another detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA display will flash on the windshield. Also, eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the front. When this Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Continue to apply the brake pedal as the driving situation dictates. Cruise control may be disengaged when the Collision Alert occurs. Tailgating Alert
The vehicle ahead indicator will display amber when you are following a detected vehicle ahead much too closely.
Selecting the Alert Timing The Collision Alert control is on the steering wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near. The first button press shows the current setting on the Driver Information Center (DIC). Additional button
presses will change this setting. The chosen setting will remain until it is changed and will affect the timing of both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating Alert features. The timing of both alerts will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will occur. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the alert timing. The range of selectable alert timings may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions.
Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary alerts to turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. These alerts are normal operation and the vehicle does not need service.
Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to operate properly, this may correct the issue:
. Clean the outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror.
. Clean the entire front of the vehicle.
. Clean the headlamps.
Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
If the vehicle has Forward Collision Alert (FCA), it also has AEB. When the system detects a vehicle ahead in your path that is traveling in the same direction that you may be about to crash into, it can automatically brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or lessen the severity of crashes when driving in a forward gear. Depending on the situation, the vehicle may automatically brake moderately or hard. This automatic emergency braking can only occur if a vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 153.
The system works when driving in a forward gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 60 km/h (37 mph). It can detect vehicles up to approximately 60 m (197 ft).
{ Warning
AEB is an emergency crash preparation feature and is not designed to avoid crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its operating speed range and only responds to detected vehicles.
AEB may not:
. Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or hilly roads.
. Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles with a trailer, tractors, muddy vehicles, etc.
. Detect a vehicle when weather limits visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow.
. Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially blocked by pedestrians or other objects.
Complete attention is always required while driving, and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.
AEB may slow the vehicle to a stop to try to avoid a potential crash.
A system unavailable message may display if: . The front of the vehicle or windshield is
not clean.
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering with object detection.
. There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system.
The AEB system does not need service.
{ Warning
AEB may automatically brake the vehicle suddenly in situations where it is unexpected and undesired. It could respond to a turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, signs, and other non-moving objects. To override AEB, firmly press the accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.
AEB can be disabled through vehicle personalization. See "Collision/Detection Systems" under Vehicle Personalization 0 88.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
If equipped, LDW may help avoid crashes due to unintentional lane departures. LDW uses a camera sensor to detect the lane markings at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or greater. It may provide an alert if the vehicle is crossing a lane without using a turn signal in that direction. LDW light will not alert if the turn signal is active in the
Driving and Operating 155
direction of lane departure, or if LDW detects that you are accelerating, braking or actively steering.
{ Warning
The LDW system does not steer the vehicle. The LDW system may not:
. Provide enough time to avoid a crash.
. Detect lane markings under poor weather or visibility conditions. This can occur if the windshield or headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, or ice; if they are not in proper condition; or if the sun shines directly into the camera.
. Detect road edges.
. Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads.
If LDW only detects lane markings on one side of the road, it will only warn you when departing the lane on the side where it has detected a lane marking. Always keep your attention on the road and maintain proper vehicle position within the lane, or vehicle damage, injury, or death could occur. Always keep
(Continued)
156 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued) the windshield, headlamps, and camera sensors clean and in good repair. Do not use LDW in bad weather conditions.
How the System Works
LDW utilizes camera sensor installed on the windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to detect lane markings. To turn LDW on and
off, press @ on the instrument panel to the
left of the steering wheel. The control indicator will light when LDW is on. When
LDW is on, @ is green if LDW is available to
warn of a lane departure. If the vehicle crosses a detected lane marking without
using the turn signal in that direction, @
changes to amber and flashes. Additionally, there will be three beeps on the right or left, depending on the lane departure direction.
LDW will not alert if the turn signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if LDW detects that you are accelerating, braking or actively steering.
Fuel
Top Tier Fuel
GM recommends the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, reduce engine deposits, and maintain optimal vehicle performance. Look for the TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers and applicable countries.
Recommended Fuel
Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM specification D4814 with a posted octane rating of 87 -- (R+M)/2 -- or higher. Do not use gasoline with a posted octane rating of less than 87, as this may cause engine knock and will lower fuel economy. Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater than 15% by volume.
Prohibited Fuels
Caution Do not use fuels with any of the following conditions; doing so may damage the vehicle and void its warranty:
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
. For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel labeled greater than 15% ethanol by volume, such as mid-level ethanol blends (1650% ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
. Fuel with any amount of methanol, methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These fuels can corrode metal fuel system parts or damage plastic and rubber parts.
. Fuel containing metals such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage the emissions control system and spark plugs.
. Fuel with a posted octane rating of less than the recommended fuel. Using this fuel will lower fuel economy and performance, and may decrease the life of the emissions catalyst.
Fuels in Foreign Countries
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a foreign country, see Prohibited Fuels 0 156.
Fuel Additives
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly recommended for use with your vehicle. If your country does not have TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus-Gasoline to the vehicle's gasoline fuel tank at every oil change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus -Gasoline will help keep your vehicle's engine fuel deposit free and performing optimally.
Filling the Tank
An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge 0 73.
{ Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently and can cause injury or death.
Follow these guidelines to help avoid injuries to you and others:
. Read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump island. (Continued)
Driving and Operating 157
Warning (Continued)
. Turn off the engine when refueling.
. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel.
. Do not leave the fuel pump unattended.
. Avoid using electronic devices while refueling.
. Do not re-enter the vehicle while pumping fuel.
. Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let children pump fuel.
. Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a metallic object to discharge static electricity from your body.
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel cap is opened too quickly. This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full, and is more likely in hot weather. Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop, then unscrew the cap all the way.
158 Driving and Operating
The fuel door unlocks when the vehicle doors are unlocked. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 9 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 11.
To open the fuel door, lift the fuel door release lever. The lever is on the floor, on the left front side of the driver seat.
Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise to remove. When refueling, hang the fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door. Fully insert and latch the fill nozzle, begin fueling.
{ Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more than three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may cause:
. Vehicle performance issues, including engine stalling and damage to the fuel system.
. Fuel spills.
. Under certain conditions, fuel fires.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care 0 216. Reinstall the cap by turning it clockwise until it clicks. Push the fuel door closed until it latches.
{ Warning
If a fire starts while you are refueling, do not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant. Leave the area immediately.
Caution
If a new fuel cap is needed, get the right type of cap from your dealer. The wrong type of fuel cap may not fit properly, may turn on the malfunction indicator lamp, and could damage the fuel system and emissions system. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 75.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
{ Warning
Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged. To help avoid injury to you and others:
. Dispense fuel only into approved containers.
. Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in a pickup bed, or on any surface other than the ground.
. Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle. Maintain contact until filling is complete.
. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel.
. Avoid using electronic devices while pumping fuel.
Trailer Towing
General Towing Information
{ Warning
Never tow a trailer with your vehicle. It was not designed or intended to tow a trailer.
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical Equipment
{ Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 75. A device connected to the DLC -- such as an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior tracking device -- may interfere with vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle operation and cause a crash. Such devices may also access information stored in the vehicle's systems.
Driving and Operating 159
Caution
Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not work and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 45 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 46.
160 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
General Information General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 161 California Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . 161
Vehicle Checks Doing Your Own Service Work . . . . . . . . . 162 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Engine Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . 164 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Automatic Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 168 Manual Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Ignition Transmission Lock Check . . . . . . 177
Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Headlamp Aiming Front Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Bulb Replacement Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps . . . . . . 181 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Electrical System Electrical System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 185 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Wheels and Tires Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Tire Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . 192 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . 195 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . 196 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . 200 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Different Size Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . 202 Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . 202 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 203 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Jump Starting Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . 210
Towing the Vehicle Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Appearance Care Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
General Information
For service and parts needs, visit your dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts and GM-trained and supported service people. Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:
California Proposition 65 Warning
{ Warning
Most motor vehicles, including this one, as well as many of its service parts and fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many parts and systems, many fluids, and some component wear by-products contain and/or emit these chemicals. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle.
See Battery - North America 0 175 and Jump Starting - North America 0 210 and the back cover.
California Perchlorate Materials Requirements
Certain types of automotive applications, such as airbag initiators, seat belt pretensioners, and lithium batteries contained in electronic keys, may contain perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate.
Vehicle Care 161
Accessories and Modifications
Adding non-dealer accessories or making modifications to the vehicle can affect vehicle performance and safety, including such things as airbags, braking, stability, ride and handling, emissions systems, aerodynamics, durability, and electronic systems like antilock brakes, traction control, and stability control. These accessories or modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to suspension components caused by modifying vehicle height outside of factory settings will not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non-GM certified parts, including control module or software modifications, is not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on the vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories installed by a dealer technician.
162 Vehicle Care
Also, see Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 46.
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own Service Work
{ Warning
It can be dangerous to work on your vehicle if you do not have the proper knowledge, service manual, tools, or parts. Always follow owner's manual procedures and consult the service manual for your vehicle before doing any service work.
If doing some of your own service work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. To order the proper service manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 246.
This vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 45.
Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See Maintenance Records 0 235.
Caution Even small amounts of contamination can cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not allow contaminants to contact the fluids, reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Hood
{ Warning
Turn the vehicle off before opening the hood. If the engine is running with the hood open, you or others could be injured.
{ Warning
Components under the hood can get hot from running the engine. To help avoid the risk of burning unprotected skin, never touch these components until they have cooled, and always use a glove or towel to avoid direct skin contact.
Clear any snow from the hood before opening. To open the hood: 1. Pull the hood release lever with the
i symbol. It is on the lower left side
of the instrument panel.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary release lever under the front center of the hood. Push the secondary hood release lever to the right to release.
3. Lift the hood and release the hood prop rod from its retainer, in the front of the engine compartment. Securely insert the rod end into the slot marked with an arrow, on the underside of the hood.
To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler caps are on properly, and all tools are removed.
2. Lift the hood and remove the hood prop rod from the underside of the hood. Return the prop rod to its retainer. The prop rod must click into place when returning ti to the retainer to prevent hood damage.
3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in) above the vehicle and release it. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. Repeat this process with additional force if necessary.
{ Warning
Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is not latched completely. The hood could open fully, block your vision, and cause a crash. You or others could be injured. Always close the hood completely before driving.
Vehicle Care 163
164 Vehicle Care Engine Compartment Overview
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 168. 2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 165. 3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 165. 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See
Cooling System 0 169.
5. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 174 and Hydraulic Clutch 0 168.
6. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 169.
7. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Washer Fluid 0 173.
8. Battery - North America 0 175.
9. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 185.
Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine performance and long life, careful attention must be paid to engine oil. Following these simple, but important steps will help protect your investment:
. Use engine oil approved to the proper specification and of the proper viscosity grade. See "Selecting the Right Engine Oil" in this section.
. Check the engine oil level regularly and maintain the proper oil level. See "Checking Engine Oil" and "When to Add Engine Oil" in this section.
. Change the engine oil at the appropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 166.
. Always dispose of engine oil properly. See "What to Do with Used Oil" in this section.
Checking Engine Oil
Check the engine oil level regularly, every 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 164 for the location.
{ Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle may be hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or glove to touch the dipstick handle.
If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) message displays, check the oil level.
Follow these guidelines:
. To get an accurate reading, park the vehicle on level ground. Check the engine oil level after the engine has been off for at least two hours. Checking the engine oil level on steep grades or too soon after engine shutoff can result in incorrect readings. Accuracy improves when checking a cold engine prior to starting. Remove the dipstick and check the level.
. If unable to wait two hours, the engine must be off for at least 15 minutes if the engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if the engine is not warm. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again, keeping the tip down, and check the level.
Vehicle Care 165 When to Add Engine Oil
If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at the tip of the dipstick and the engine has been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then recheck the level. See "Selecting the Right Engine Oil" later in this section for an explanation of what kind of oil to use. For engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications 0 237.
Caution Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above or below the acceptable operating range shown on the dipstick are harmful to the engine. If the oil level is above the operating range (i.e., the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross-hatched area that shows the proper
(Continued)
166 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
operating range), the engine could be damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle, and seek a service professional to remove the excess oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview 0 164 for the location of the engine oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range, between the cross-hatched areas. Push the dipstick all the way back in when through.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil depends on both the proper oil specification and viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 233.
Specification
Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the dexos1 specification.
Engine oils that have been approved by GM as meeting the dexos1 specification are marked with the dexos1 approved logo. See www.gmdexos.com.
Caution
Failure to use the recommended engine oil or equivalent can result in engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.
Viscosity Grade
Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil.
When selecting an oil of the appropriate viscosity grade, it is recommended to select an oil of the correct specification. See "Specification" earlier in this section.
Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The recommended oils meeting the dexos1 specification are all that is needed for good performance and engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.
What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings about the use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the environment. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash or pouring it on the ground, into sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil.
Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter. This is based on a combination of
factors which include engine revolutions, engine temperature, and miles driven. Based on driving conditions, the mileage at which an oil change is indicated can vary considerably. For the oil life system to work properly, the system must be reset every time the oil is changed.
When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished, it indicates that an oil
change is necessary. A : % CHANGE DIC
message comes on. Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, if driving under the best conditions, the oil life system may indicate that an oil change is not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and, at this time, the system must be reset. Your dealer has trained service people who will perform this work and reset the system. It is also important to check the oil regularly over the course of an oil drain interval and keep it at the proper level.
If the system is ever reset accidentally, the oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the last oil change. Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed.
How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
Reset the system whenever the engine oil is changed so that the system can calculate the next engine oil change. Always reset the engine oil life to 100% after every oil change. It will not reset itself. To reset the system:
Base Level Cluster
1. Press MENU on the turn signal lever to show Remaining Oil Life on the display. This display shows an estimate of the oil's remaining useful life. If 99% is displayed, that means that 99% of the current oil life remains.
2. To reset the engine oil life system, press SET/CLR while the oil life display is active. After a few seconds, the oil life will be reset to 100%. Be careful not to reset the oil life display accidentally at any time other than after the oil is changed. It cannot be reset accurately.
If the : % CHANGE message in the DIC
comes back on when the vehicle is started, the engine oil life system has not reset. Repeat the procedure.
Uplevel Cluster
1. Turn the ignition on with the engine off.
Vehicle Care 167
2. Press MENU on the turn signal lever to enter the Vehicle Information Menu. Use the thumbwheel to scroll through the menu items until you reach REMAINING OIL LIFE.
3. Press SET/CLR to reset the oil life at 100%.
4. Turn the ignition off.
The oil life system can also be reset as follows:
1. Turn the ignition on with the engine off.
2. Fully press and release the accelerator pedal three times within five seconds.
The system is reset when the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message is off and the REMAINING OIL LIFE 100% message is displayed. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes back on when the vehicle is started, the engine oil life system has not been reset. Repeat the procedure.
168 Vehicle Care
Automatic Transmission Fluid
How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, take the vehicle to the dealer and have it repaired as soon as possible.
The vehicle is not equipped with a transmission fluid level dipstick. There is a special procedure for checking and changing the transmission fluid. Because this procedure is difficult, this should be done at the dealer. Contact the dealer for additional information or the procedure can be found in the service manual. To purchase a service manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 246.
Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle, and the damage may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use the correct automatic transmission fluid. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 233.
Change the fluid and filter at the proper intervals. See Maintenance Schedule 0 225. Be sure to use the correct fluid. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 233.
Manual Transmission Fluid
How to Check Manual Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the manual transmission fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, take the vehicle to your dealer and have it repaired as soon as possible.
Hydraulic Clutch
For vehicles with a manual transmission, it is not necessary to regularly check brake/ clutch fluid unless there is a leak suspected. Adding fluid will not correct a leak. A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected and repaired.
When to Check and What to Use
The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid reservoir cap has this symbol on it. The common brake/ clutch fluid reservoir is filled with DOT 4 brake fluid as indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 164 for reservoir location.
How to Check and Add Fluid
Visually check the brake/clutch fluid reservoir to make sure the fluid level is at the MIN (minimum) line on the side of the reservoir. The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid system should be closed and sealed.
Do not remove the cap to check the fluid level or to top off the fluid level. Remove the cap only when necessary to add the proper fluid until the level reaches the MIN line.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 164.
When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ Filter
For intervals on changing and inspecting the engine air filter, see Maintenance Schedule 0 225.
How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ Filter
Do not start the engine or have the engine running with the engine air cleaner/filter housing open. Before removing the engine cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine air cleaner/filter housing and nearby components are free of dirt and debris. Remove the engine air cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake the engine air cleaner/filter (away from the vehicle), to release loose dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air cleaner/ filter for damage, and replace if damaged. Do not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or components with water or compressed air.
To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:
1. Remove the two screws and lift the cover out of the assembly.
{ Warning
If part replacement is necessary, the part must be replaced with one of the same part number or with an equivalent part. Use of a replacement part without the same fit, form, and function may result in personal injury or damage to the vehicle.
2. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ filter.
3. Lower the cover and secure with the two screws.
Vehicle Care 169
See Maintenance Schedule 0 225 for replacement intervals.
{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. Use caution when working on the engine. Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/ filter off, as flames may be present if the engine backfires.
Caution If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can easily get into the engine, which could damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ filter in place when driving.
Cooling System
The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct working temperature.
170 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View) 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
{ Warning
An underhood electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan.
{ Warning
Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, or other engine parts. They can be very hot and can burn you. Do not run the engine if there is a leak; all coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any leak before driving the vehicle.
Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant is designed to remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever occurs first.
The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 172.
What to Use
{ Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such as alcohol, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. With plain water or
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
the wrong mixture, the engine could get too hot but there would not be an overheat warning. The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture: . Gives freezing protection down to -37 °C
(-34 °F), outside temperature . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C
(265 °F), engine temperature . Protects against rust and corrosion . Will not damage aluminum parts . Helps keep the proper engine
temperature
Caution
Do not use anything other than a mix of DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable water. Anything else can cause damage to the engine cooling system and the vehicle, which would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Never dispose of engine coolant by putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water. Have the coolant changed by an authorized service center, familiar with legal requirements regarding used coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and your health.
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level.
It is normal to see coolant moving in the upper coolant hose return line when the engine is running.
Check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling, do not do anything else until it cools down. See Engine Overheating 0 172.
The coolant surge tank is in the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 164.
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank
If no problem is found, check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank. If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at the indicated level mark, add a 50/ 50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant. Be sure the cooling system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap, is cool before you do it.
{ Warning
Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can burn you. Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough.
Vehicle Care 171
{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system are under pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool.
{ Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such as alcohol, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. With plain water or the wrong mixture, the engine could get too hot but there would not be an overheat warning. The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned.
172 Vehicle Care
Caution Failure to follow the specific coolant fill procedure could cause the engine to overheat and could cause system damage. If coolant is not visible in the surge tank, contact your dealer.
1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one-quarter of a turn. If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the indicated level mark.
4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off, start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for the engine cooling fan.
By this time, the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the indicated level mark.
5. Reinstall the pressure cap tightly.
6. Verify coolant level after the engine is shut off and the coolant is cold. If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure Steps 16.
If the coolant still is not at the proper level when the system cools down again, see your dealer.
Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, coolant loss and engine damage may occur. Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured.
Engine Overheating
The vehicle has an indicator to warn of the engine overheating. See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 0 80.
If the decision is made not to lift the hood when this warning appears, get service help right away. See Roadside Assistance Program 0 242.
If the decision is made to lift the hood, make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface.
Then check to see if the engine cooling fan is running. If the engine is overheating, the fan should be running. If it is not, do not continue to run the engine. Have the vehicle serviced.
Caution
Do not run the engine if there is a leak in the engine cooling system. This can cause a loss of all coolant and can damage the system and vehicle. Have any leaks fixed right away.
If Steam Is Coming from the Engine Compartment
{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system are under pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool.
If No Steam Is Coming from the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is displayed but no steam can be seen or heard, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when the vehicle: . Climbs a long hill on a hot day . Stops after high-speed driving . Idles for long periods in traffic
If the overheat warning is displayed with no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the highest temperature and to the highest fan speed. Open the windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) for an automatic transmission or Neutral for a manual transmission, and let the engine idle.
If the overheat warning no longer displays, the vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe vehicle distance from the vehicle in front. If the warning does not come back on, continue to drive normally and have the cooling system checked for proper fill and function.
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park the vehicle right away.
If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine for three minutes while parked. If the warning is still displayed, turn off the engine until it cools down.
Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid is needed, be sure to read the manufacturer's instructions before use. If operating the vehicle in an
Vehicle Care 173
area where the temperature may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing. Adding Washer Fluid
Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 164 for reservoir location.
Caution . Do not use washer fluid that contains
any type of water repellent coating. This can cause the wiper blades to chatter or skip. . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) in the windshield washer. It can damage the windshield washer system and paint.
(Continued)
174 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued) . Do not mix water with ready-to-use
washer fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage the washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system.
. When using concentrated washer fluid, follow the manufacturer instructions for adding water.
. Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is very cold. This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs, which could damage the tank if it is completely full.
Brakes
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make a high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed. The sound can come and go or can be heard all the time when the vehicle is moving, except when applying the brake pedal firmly.
{ Warning
The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well. That could lead to a crash. When the brake wear warning sound is heard, have the vehicle serviced.
Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads could result in costly brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied. This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications. See Capacities and Specifications 0 237.
Brake pads should be replaced as complete sets.
Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be a sign that brake service may be required. Replacing Brake System Parts Always replace brake system parts with new, approved replacement parts. If this is not done, the brakes may not work properly. The braking performance expected can change in many other ways if the wrong replacement brake parts are installed or if parts are improperly installed.
Brake Fluid
The brake/clutch master cylinder reservoir is filled with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 164 for the location of the reservoir.
Checking Brake Fluid
Place the vehicle in P (Park) or Neutral with the parking brake applied if equipped with a manual transmission. On a level surface, the brake fluid level should be between the minimum and maximum marks on the brake fluid reservoir.
There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir may go down:
. Normal brake lining wear. When new linings are installed, the fluid level goes back up.
. A fluid leak in the brake/clutch hydraulic system. Have the brake/clutch hydraulic system fixed. With a leak, the brakes will not work well.
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it.
Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, only when work is done on the brake/clutch hydraulic system.
{ Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it can spill on the engine and burn, if the engine is hot enough. You or others could be burned, and the vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake/clutch hydraulic system.
When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a low level, the brake warning light comes on. See Brake System Warning Light 0 77.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time which degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals to prevent increased stopping distance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 225.
What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid from a clean, sealed container. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 233.
{ Warning
The wrong or contaminated brake fluid could result in damage to the brake system. This could result in the loss of
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 175
Warning (Continued)
braking leading to a possible injury. Always use the proper GM approved brake fluid.
Caution If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's painted surfaces, the paint finish can be damaged. Immediately wash off any painted surface.
Battery - North America
The original equipment battery is maintenance free. Do not remove the cap and do not add fluid.
Refer to the replacement number shown on the original battery label when a new battery is needed. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 164 for battery location.
{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and
(Continued)
176 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle.
See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 161 and the back cover.
Vehicle Storage
{ Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode. You can be badly hurt if you are not careful. See Jump Starting - North America 0 210 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, negative (-) cable from the battery to keep the battery from running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative (-) cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger.
Negative Battery Cable Disconnection
{ Warning
Before disconnecting the negative battery cable, turn off all features, turn the ignition off, and remove the key, if equipped, from the vehicle. If this is not done, you or others could be injured, and the vehicle could be damaged.
Caution If the battery is disconnected with the ignition on or the vehicle in Retained Accessory Power (RAP), the OnStar back-up battery will be permanently discharged and will need to be replaced.
1. Make sure the lamps, features, and accessories are turned off.
2. Turn the ignition off and remove the key, if equipped.
3. Loosen the negative battery cable nut (1). 4. Remove the negative battery cable (2)
from the battery.
Negative Battery Cable Reconnection
Caution
When reconnecting the battery:
. Use the original nut from the vehicle to secure the negative battery cable. Do not use a different nut. If you need a replacement nut, see your dealer. (Continued)
Caution (Continued) . Tighten the nut with a hand tool. Do
not use an impact wrench or power tools to tighten the nut.
The vehicle could be damaged if these guidelines are not followed.
Caution Do not use paints, lubricants, or corrosion inhibitors on the nut that secures the negative battery cable to the vehicle. This could damage the vehicle.
1. Install the negative battery cable (2) to the battery.
2. Install the negative battery cable nut (1) and tighten.
3. Turn the ignition on.
Starter Switch Check
{ Warning
When you are doing this inspection, the vehicle could move suddenly. If the vehicle moves, you or others could be injured.
1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room around the vehicle.
2. Apply both the parking brake and the regular brake.
Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The vehicle should start only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any other position, contact your dealer for service.
Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check
{ Warning
When you are doing this inspection, the vehicle could move suddenly. If the vehicle moves, you or others could be injured.
1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room around the vehicle. It should be parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
Vehicle Care 177
3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, but do not start the engine. Without applying the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of P (Park) with normal effort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contact your dealer for service.
Ignition Transmission Lock Check
If equipped with Key Access, while parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turn the ignition off in each shift lever position.
. For automatic transmission vehicles, the ignition should turn off only when the shift lever is in P (Park).
. For manual transmission vehicles, the ignition should turn off only when the shift lever is in Neutral.
On all Key Access vehicles, the ignition key should come out only when the ignition is off.
Contact your dealer if service is required.
178 Vehicle Care
Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check
{ Warning
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could begin to move. You or others could be injured and property could be damaged. Make sure there is room in front of the vehicle in case it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the parking brake. . To check the parking brake's holding
ability: With the engine running and the transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only. . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is required.
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield Wiper Blades
Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear and cracking.
Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways. For proper type and length, see Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 233.
Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch the windshield when no wiper blade is installed could damage the windshield. Any damage that occurs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not allow the wiper arm to touch the windshield.
To replace the windshield wiper blade: 1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away
from the windshield.
2. Press the release lever in the middle of the wiper blade where the wiper blade attaches.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Reverse Steps 13 for wiper blade replacement.
Rear Wiper Blade
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the rear windshield.
2. Push the wiper blade away from the wiper arm.
3. Once the blade pin disengages from the wiper arm, remove the wiper blade by sliding the blade off the arm.
4. Reverse Steps 13 to install a new wiper blade.
Windshield Replacement
Driver Assistance Systems
If the windshield needs to be replaced and the vehicle is equipped with a front camera sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a GM replacement windshield is recommended. The replacement windshield must be installed according to GM specifications for proper alignment. If it is not, these systems may not work properly, they may display messages, or they may not work at all. See your dealer for proper windshield replacement.
Gas Strut(s)
This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to provide assistance in lifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position.
{ Warning
If the gas struts that hold open the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others could be seriously injured. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service immediately. Visually inspect the gas struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 179 Warning (Continued)
damage periodically. Check to make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with enough force. If struts are failing to hold the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. Have the vehicle serviced.
Caution Do not apply tape or hang any objects from gas struts. Also do not push down or pull on gas struts. This may cause damage to the vehicle. See Maintenance Schedule 0 225.
Hood
180 Vehicle Care
Trunk Liftgate
Headlamp Aiming
Front Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the headlamp aim may be affected. If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, see your dealer.
Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement bulbs, or any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer.
Caution Do not replace incandescent bulbs with aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This can cause damage to the vehicle electrical system.
Halogen Bulbs
{ Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package.
High Intensity Discharge (HID) Lighting
{ Warning
The High Intensity Discharge (HID) lighting system operates at a very high voltage. If you try to service any of the system components, you could be seriously injured. Have your dealer or a qualified technician service them.
After an HID headlamp bulb has been replaced, the beam might be a slightly different shade than it was originally. This is normal.
LED Lighting
This vehicle has several LED lamps. For replacement of any LED lighting assembly, contact your dealer.
Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps
Standard Headlamp
2. Remove the washer funnel by turning it counterclockwise and pulling it straight out.
Vehicle Care 181
4. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and pull straight back.
5. Disconnect the wiring harness connector from the bulb.
6. Install the new bulb in the headlamp assembly by turning clockwise.
7. Reconnect the wiring harness connector. 8. Install the bulb socket into the headlamp
assembly by turning clockwise.
Sidemarker Lamps
To replace a sidemarker bulb: 1. Open the hood. See Hood 0 162.
1. Sidemarker Lamp 2. Low/High-Beam Headlamp 3. Turn Signal Lamps
High/Low-Beam Headlamp
To replace a headlamp bulb: 1. Open the hood. See Hood 0 162.
3. Remove the headlamp bulb socket.
2. Remove the sidemarker lamp bulb socket from the headlamp assembly by turning counterclockwise.
182 Vehicle Care
3. Remove the bulb from the bulb socket by pulling it straight out.
4. Install the new bulb in the bulb socket. 5. Install the bulb socket into the headlamp
assembly by turning clockwise.
Front Turn Signal/Parking Lamps
To replace a front turn signal bulb: 1. Open the hood. See Hood 0 162.
4. Install the new bulb into the socket by pressing it in.
5. Install the bulb socket into the headlamp assembly by turning clockwise.
Projection Headlamp
2. For the driver side bulb, remove the washer funnel by turning it counterclockwise and pulling it straight out.
2. Remove the turn signal lamp bulb socket from the headlamp assembly by turning counterclockwise.
3. Remove the bulb from the bulb socket by pulling it straight out.
1. Low-Beam Headlamp 2. High-Beam Headlamp
High/Low-Beam Headlamp To replace a headlamp bulb: 1. Open the hood. See Hood 0 162.
3. Remove the cover from the back of the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
5. Remove the bulb from the lamp assembly by turning counterclockwise.
6. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 15 to reinstall.
Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps
To replace a taillamp, turn signal lamp, stoplamp, or back-up bulb:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 17.
Vehicle Care 183
7. Reinstall the lamp assembly and two screws.
License Plate Lamp
1. Stoplamp/Taillamp 2. Turn Signal Lamp/Taillamp 3. Back-up Lamp
2. Remove the two screws and the lamp assembly.
3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove the socket.
4. Press the bulb in and turn counterclockwise to remove it from the socket.
5. Press the new bulb in and turn clockwise to install the bulb into the socket.
6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise to reinstall.
1. Attachment Screws 2. License Plate Bulb 3. Bulb Socket
To replace a license plate lamp bulb:
1. Remove the two screws (1) from the license plate lamp assembly.
2. Turn and pull the license plate lamp assembly down.
3. Turn the bulb socket (3) counterclockwise and pull it out of the lamp assembly.
184 Vehicle Care
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of the socket.
5. Push the new bulb into the socket.
6. Install the bulb socket (3) by turning clockwise into the license plate lamp assembly.
7. Replace the license plate lamp assembly by using the two screws to secure.
Electrical System
Electrical System Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to protect against an electrical system overload.
When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting the circuit until the current load returns to normal or the problem is fixed. This greatly reduces the chance of circuit overload and fire caused by electrical problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect power devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and a fuse needs to be replaced, the same amperage fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible.
Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring checked right away if the lamps go on and off or remain off.
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected from electrical overload, overload due to heavy snow or ice may cause wiper linkage damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow from the windshield before using the windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an electrical problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers. This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems.
{ Danger
Fuses and circuit breakers are marked with their ampere rating. Do not exceed the specified amperage rating when replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can result in a vehicle fire. You and others could be seriously injured or killed.
{ Warning
Installation or use of fuses that do not meet GM's original fuse specifications is dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result in a fire. You or others could be injured or killed, and the vehicle could be damaged.
See Accessories and Modifications 0 161 and General Information 0 161.
To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can be temporarily borrowed from another fuse location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse as soon as possible.
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.
To access the fuses, press the tab at the front of the cover, and lift the cover.
Vehicle Care 185
The engine compartment fuse block is on the driver side of the vehicle, near the battery.
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown.
Fuses
Usage
1
Liftgate latch
186 Vehicle Care
Fuses
Usage
2
Transmission output
speed sensor
3
Rear defogger
4
Outside mirror heater
5
Sunroof
6
Continuously variable
transmission control
module
7
Mass airflow sensor
8
9
ABS valve
10
Regulated voltage
control
11
Rear vision camera
12
13
14
Engine control module/
Transmission control
module
15
Fuel injection control
module/Starter motor
16
Fuel pump motor
Fuses
Usage
17
Engine control module 1
18
Engine control module 2
19
Injector/Ignition
20
A/C system
21
Intelligent battery
sensor
22
Electric steering
column lock
23
Cooling fan low
24
Virtual key pass system
sensor
25
Outside mirror motor
control
26
Engine control module/
Transmission control
module battery
27
Canister vent solenoid
28
29
Automatic occupant
sensing
30
Headlamp leveling
motor
Fuses
Usage
31
Horn
32
Front fog lamps
33
Left high-beam
headlamp
34
Right high-beam
headlamp
35
Air quality ionizer
36
Rear wiper
37
Left cornering lamp
38
Washer motor
39
Right cornering lamp
40
41
Virtual key pass system
sensor
42
Starter 2
43
In-panel bussed
electrical center
44
Automated manual
transmission
45
Starter 1
46
ABS pump
Fuses 47 48 49
Relays RLY1 RLY2
RLY3 RLY4 RLY5 RLY6 RLY7 RLY8 RLY9 RLY10 RLY11 RLY12
Usage Cooling fan high Front wiper motor Accessory/Retained accessory power
Usage Rear defogger Transmission control module Fuel pump motor Starter 2 A/C system Cooling fan low Run/Crank Powertrain Starter 1 Cooling fan high Front fog lamps
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Vehicle Care 187
The instrument panel fuse block is on the underside of the driver side instrument panel.
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown.
Fuses
Usage
ONSTAR OnStar
188 Vehicle Care
Fuses
Usage
HVAC CNTR/ECC HVAC control module/ECC
IPC
Instrument cluster
TCM
Transmission control
module
RDO
Radio
BCM1 (AT S&S) Body control module 1 (CVT stop and start)
SBSA/RPA SBSA/Rear park assist
DLC
Data link connector
ESCL
Electric steering
column lock
SDM
Sensing and diagnostic
module
TRANSD DC-DC converter
AQI
Virtual key pass system
module
ETCS
Electronic toll collection
system
LPM
Linear power module
PEPS
Passive entry/Passive
start
Fuses
Usage
DLIS (Non AT S&S)
Discrete logic ignition switch (non-CVT stop and start)
FCA
Forward collision alert
IPC
Instrument cluster
RLAD
Reflected LED alert
display
HLLD SW
Headlamp leveling switch
FRT PWR WNDW Front power window
REAR
Rear power window
PWR WNDW
MTA
Automated manual
transmission module
APO
Auxiliary power outlet
S/ROOF Sunroof
CGM
Central gate module
BCM8
Body control module 8
BCM7
Body control module 7
BCM6
Body control module 6
Fuses
Usage
BCM5
Body control module 5
BCM4
Body control module 4
BCM3
Body control module 3
BCM2 (Non Body control module 2 AT S&S) (non-CVT stop and start)
BCM1 (Non Body control module 1 AT S&S) (non-CVT stop and start)
DLIS (AT S&S) Discrete logic ignition switch (CVT stop and start)
SWC BKLT Steering wheel controls backlighting
TRANS (200/ 400W)/ LOGISTICS
DC DC converter/ Logistics
EXP PWR WNDW Driver express power window
BLWR
Blower motor
HTD/SEAT Front heated seats
HVAC CNTR HVAC module
HTD/STR Heated steering wheel
Fuses
Usage
BCM2 (AT S&S) Body control module 2 (CVT stop and start)
Relays RLY1 RLY2
RLY3
RLY4
Usage
Logistics
Accessory/Retained accessory power
Interruptible retained accessory power
Run
Wheels and Tires
Tires
Every new GM vehicle has high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer. See the warranty manual for information regarding the tire warranty and where to get service. For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer.
{ Warning
. Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous.
. Overloading the tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing. There could be a blowout and a serious crash. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 129.
. Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires. The resulting crash could cause serious injury. Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure. Tire pressure should be checked when the tires are cold.
. Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, or broken by a sudden impact -- such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the recommended pressure.
. Worn or old tires can cause a crash. If the tread is badly worn, replace them. (Continued)
Vehicle Care 189
Warning (Continued)
. Replace any tires that have been damaged by impacts with potholes, curbs, etc.
. Improperly repaired tires can cause a crash. Only the dealer or an authorized tire service center should repair, replace, dismount, and mount the tires.
. Do not spin the tires in excess of 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, etc. Excessive spinning may cause the tires to explode.
All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with all-season tires. These tires are designed to provide good overall performance on most road surfaces and weather conditions. Original equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. Original equipment all-season tires can be identified by the last two characters of this TPC code, which will be "MS."
190 Vehicle Care
Consider installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on snow or ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires provide adequate performance for most winter driving conditions, but they may not offer the same level of traction or performance as winter tires on snow or ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 190.
Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally equipped with winter tires. Winter tires are designed for increased traction on snow and ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice or snow covered roads is expected. See your dealer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection. Also, see Buying New Tires 0 201.
With winter tires, there may be decreased dry road traction, increased road noise, and shorter tread life. After changing to winter tires, be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
. Use tires of the same brand and tread type on all four wheel positions.
. Use only radial ply tires of the same size, load range, and speed rating as the original equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed rating as the original equipment tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated tires. If winter tires with a lower speed rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's maximum speed capability.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall. The examples show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire's width, height, aspect ratio, construction type, and service description. See the "Tire Size" illustration in this section.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria Specification) : Original equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of Transportation) : The Department of Transportation (DOT) code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last four digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufactured date. The first two digits represent the week and the last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year 2020 would have a
four-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of each year.
(4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : The letters and numbers following the DOT (Department of Transportation) code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors: tread wear, traction, and temperature resistance. For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 202.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit : Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load.
Compact Spare Tire Example (1) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread. (2) Temporary Use Only : The compact spare tire or temporary use tire should not be driven at speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat. If the vehicle
Vehicle Care 191
has a compact spare tire, see Compact Spare Tire 0 209 and If a Tire Goes Flat 0 204.
(3) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : The letters and numbers following the DOT (Department of Transportation) code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture.
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit : Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load.
(5) Tire Inflation : The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Tire Pressure 0 194.
(6) Tire Size : A combination of letters and numbers define a tire's width, height, aspect ratio, construction type,
192 Vehicle Care and service description. The letter "T" as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only. (7) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria Specification) : Original equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines. Tire Designations Tire Size The example shows a typical passenger vehicle tire size.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The United States version of a metric tire sizing system. The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a
passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that indicates the tire height-to-width measurements. For example, if the tire size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item (3) of the illustration, it would mean that the tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as it is wide.
(4) Construction Code : A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire. The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description : These characters represent the load index and speed rating of the tire. The load index represents the load carrying capacity a
tire is certified to carry. The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Terminology and Definitions
Air Pressure : The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight : The combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power windows, power seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a tire's height to its width.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.
Bead : The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch) before a tire has built up heat from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 194.
Curb Weight : The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings : A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand, and date of production.
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 129.
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 129.
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 129.
Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load Index : An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure : The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating : The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Vehicle Care 193
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The sum of curb weight, accessory weight, vehicle capacity weight, and production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight : The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Limits 0 129.
Occupant Distribution : Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The side of the tire that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
194 Vehicle Care
Recommended Inflation Pressure : Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 194 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 129.
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
Rim : A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall : The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate.
Traction : The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided.
Tread : The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, sometimes called wear bars, that show across the tread of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 200.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards) : A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire's traction, temperature, and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 202.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 129.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : Load on an individual tire due to curb weight, accessory weight, occupant weight, and cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard : A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure. See "Tire and Loading Information Label" under Vehicle Load Limits 0 129.
Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively.
{ Warning
Neither tire underinflation nor overinflation is good. Underinflated tires, or tires that do not have enough air, can result in:
. Tire overloading and overheating, which could lead to a blowout.
. Premature or irregular wear.
. Poor handling.
. Reduced fuel economy.
Overinflated tires, or tires that have too much air, can result in:
. Unusual wear.
. Poor handling.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
. Rough ride.
. Needless damage from road hazards.
The Tire and Loading Information label on the vehicle indicates the original equipment tires and the correct cold tire inflation pressures. The recommended pressure is the minimum air pressure needed to support the vehicle's maximum load carrying capacity. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 129.
How the vehicle is loaded affects vehicle handling and ride comfort. Never load the vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry.
When to Check
Check the pressure of the tires once a month or more. Do not forget the compact spare, if the vehicle has one. The compact spare cold tire pressure should be at 420 kPa (60 psi). See Compact Spare Tire 0 209.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gauge to check tire pressure. Proper tire inflation cannot be determined by looking at the tire. Check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold, meaning the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or no more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the inflation pressure is low, add air until the recommended pressure is reached. If the inflation pressure is high, press on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve to release air.
Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge.
Vehicle Care 195
Put the valve caps back on the valve stems to keep out dirt and moisture. Use only valve caps designed for the vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be damaged and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Tire Pressure Monitor System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
196 Vehicle Care
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This
sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 196.
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 246.
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly, excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in the tires and transmit the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle.
When a low tire pressure condition is detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument cluster. If the warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and inflate the tires to the recommended pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 129. A message to check the pressure in a specific tire may display in the Driver Information Center (DIC). The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message, if equipped, come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure. Using the DIC, it may be possible to view the tire pressure levels. For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays, see Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 83.
The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started, and then turn off as the vehicle is driven. This could be an early indicator that the air pressure is getting low and needs to be inflated to the proper pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label shows the size of the original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for the tires when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 129, for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location. Also see Tire Pressure 0 194.
The TPMS can warn about a low tire pressure condition, but it does not replace normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection 0 198, Tire Rotation 0 199, and Tires 0 189.
Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all the same. A non-approved tire sealant could damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor damage caused by using an incorrect tire sealant is not covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use only the GM approved tire sealant available through your dealer or included in the vehicle.
TPMS Malfunction Light and Message
The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable. When the system detects a malfunction, the low tire pressure warning light, defined above, flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle. A DIC warning message may also display. The malfunction light and DIC warning message, if equipped, come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected. Some of the conditions that can cause these to come on are:
. One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire. The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message, if equipped, should go off after the road tire is replaced and the sensor matching process is performed successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching Process" later in this section.
. The TPMS sensor matching process was not done or not completed successfully after rotating the tires. The malfunction light and the DIC message, if equipped, should go off after successfully
Vehicle Care 197
completing the sensor matching process. See "TPMS Sensor Matching Process" later in this section.
. One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged. The malfunction light and the DIC message, if equipped, should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully. See your dealer for service.
. Replacement tires or wheels do not match the original equipment tires or wheels. Tires and wheels other than those recommended could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. See Buying New Tires 0 201.
. Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure condition. See your dealer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message, if equipped, come on and stay on.
TPMS Sensor Matching Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code. The identification code needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel
198 Vehicle Care
position after rotating the vehicle's tires or replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. Also, the TPMS sensor matching process should be performed after replacing a spare tire with a road tire containing the TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message, if equipped, should go off at the next ignition cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, in the following order: driver side front tire, passenger side front tire, passenger side rear tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for service or to purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or call 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657).
There are two minutes to match the first tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it takes longer, the matching process stops and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition on without starting the vehicle or place the vehicle in Service Mode. See Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) 0 135 or Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 133.
3. Use MENU to select the Vehicle Information Menu (Menu 2) in the Driver Information Center (DIC).
4. Use the thumbwheel (or up and down arrows) to scroll to the Tire Pressure Learn Menu Item (Base DIC) or the Tire Pressure Menu Item screen (Uplevel DIC).
5. Press and hold SET/CLR to begin the sensor matching process.
A message requesting acceptance of the process may display.
6. If requested, press SET/CLR again to confirm the selection.
The horn sounds twice to signal the receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE LEARN or TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on the DIC screen.
7. Start with the driver side front tire.
8. Place the relearn tool against the tire sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press the button to activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the sensor identification code has been matched to this tire and wheel position.
9. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 8.
10. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 8.
11. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 8. The horn sounds two times to indicate the sensor identification code has been matched to the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS sensor matching process is no longer active. The TIRE LEARN or TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message on the DIC display screen goes off.
12. Turn the vehicle off.
13. Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label.
Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires, including the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be inspected for signs of wear or damage at least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
. The indicators at three or more places around the tire can be seen.
. There is cord or fabric showing through the tire's rubber.
. The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric.
. The tire has a bump, bulge, or split.
. The tire has a puncture, cut, or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage.
Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule 0 225.
Tires are rotated to achieve a more uniform wear for all tires. The first rotation is the most important.
Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate the tires as soon as possible, check for proper tire inflation pressure, and check for damaged tires or wheels. If the unusual wear continues after the rotation, check the wheel alignment.
See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 200 and Wheel Replacement 0 203.
Use this rotation pattern when rotating the tires. Do not include the compact spare tire in the tire rotation. Adjust the front and rear tires to the recommended inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label after the tires have been rotated. See Tire Pressure 0 194 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 129.
Vehicle Care 199
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 196.
Check that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See "Wheel Nut Torque" under Capacities and Specifications 0 237, and "Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire" under Tire Changing 0 206.
{ Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can cause wheel nuts to become loose over time. The wheel could come off and cause a crash. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt.
200 Vehicle Care
Lightly coat the inner diameter of the wheel hub opening with wheel bearing grease after a wheel change or tire rotation to prevent corrosion or rust buildup.
{ Warning
Do not apply grease to the wheel mounting surface, wheel conical seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. Grease applied to these areas could cause a wheel to become loose or come off, resulting in a crash.
When It Is Time for New Tires
Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road conditions affect the wear rate of the tires.
Treadwear indicators are one way to tell when it is time for new tires. Treadwear indicators appear when the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. See Tire Inspection 0 198 and Tire Rotation 0 199 for additional information.
The rubber in tires ages over time. This also applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors including temperatures, loading conditions, and inflation pressure maintenance affect how fast aging takes place. GM recommends that tires, including the spare if equipped, be replaced after six years, regardless of tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use the tire manufacture date, which is the last
four digits of the DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN) molded into one side of the tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufactured date. The first two digits represent the week and the last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year 2020 would have a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of each year.
Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally mounted on a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, clean area away from direct sunlight to slow aging. This area should be free of grease, gasoline, or other substances that can deteriorate rubber.
Parking for an extended period can cause flat spots on the tires that may result in vibrations while driving. When storing a vehicle for at least a month, remove the tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the weight from the tires.
Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched specific tires for the vehicle. The original equipment tires installed were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec) system rating. When replacement tires are needed, GM strongly recommends buying tires with the same TPC Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of the vehicle, including brake system performance, ride and handling, traction control, and tire pressure monitoring performance. GM's TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the tires have an all-season tread design, the TPC spec number will be followed by MS, for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 190.
GM recommends replacing worn tires in complete sets of four. Uniform tread depth on all tires will help to maintain
the performance of the vehicle. Braking and handling performance may be adversely affected if all the tires are not replaced at the same time. If proper rotation and maintenance have been done, all four tires should wear out at about the same time. See Tire Rotation 0 199. However, if it is necessary to replace only one axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on the rear axle.
Winter tires with the same speed rating as the original equipment tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated tires. Never exceed the winter tires' maximum speed capability when using winter tires with a lower speed rating.
{ Warning
Tires could explode during improper service. Attempting to mount or dismount a tire could cause injury or death. Only your dealer or authorized tire service center should mount or dismount the tires.
Vehicle Care 201
{ Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes, brands, or types may cause loss of control of the vehicle, resulting in a crash or other vehicle damage. Use the correct size, brand, and type of tire on all wheels.
{ Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle may cause the wheel rim flanges to develop cracks after many miles of driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail suddenly and cause a crash. Use only radial-ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle.
If the vehicle tires must be replaced with a tire that does not have a TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size, load range, speed rating, and construction (radial) as the original tires.
202 Vehicle Care
Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low-pressure warning if non-TPC Spec rated tires are installed. See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 195.
The Tire and Loading Information Label indicates the original equipment tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 129.
Different Size Tires and Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that are a different size than the original equipment wheels and tires, vehicle performance, including its braking, ride and handling characteristics, stability, and resistance to rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes, rollover airbags, traction control, electronic stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the performance of these systems can also be affected.
{ Warning
If different sized wheels are used, there may not be an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
recommended for those wheels are selected. This increases the chance of a crash and serious injury. Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for the vehicle, and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires 0 201 and Accessories and Modifications 0 161.
Wheel Covers
Installation
Tighten the wheel nut caps by hand while pressing on the center of the wheel cover with the other hand. Then tighten an additional one-quarter turn with the wheel wrench.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), which grades tires by treadwear, traction, and temperature performance. This applies only to vehicles sold in the United
States. The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some limited-production tires.
While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades, they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to Federal Safety Requirements In Addition To These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
Traction
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive
Vehicle Care 203
loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned and balanced at the factory to provide the longest tire life and best overall performance. Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing are not necessary on a regular basis. Consider an alignment check if there is unusual tire wear or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one side or the other. Some slight pull to the left or right, depending on the crown of the road and/or other road surface variations such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is vibrating when driving on a smooth road, the tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
204 Vehicle Care
wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, offset, and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) sensors with new GM original equipment parts.
{ Warning
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be dangerous. It could affect the braking and handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, and cause loss of control, causing a crash. Always use the correct wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement.
Caution The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer or odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis.
Used Replacement Wheels
{ Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used one is dangerous. How it has been used or how far it has been driven may be unknown. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. When replacing wheels, use a new GM original equipment wheel.
Tire Chains
{ Warning
Do not use tire chains. There is not enough clearance. Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. The area damaged by the tire chains could cause loss of control and a crash.
Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for the vehicle's tire size combination and road conditions. Follow that manufacturer's instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, drive slow and readjust or remove the traction device if it contacts the vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. If traction devices are used, install them on the front tires.
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out while driving, especially if the tires are maintained properly. See Tires 0 189. If air goes out of a tire, it is much more likely to leak out slowly. But if there ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a skid and may require the same correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible.
{ Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause permanent damage to the tire. Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat may cause a blowout and a serious crash. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or an authorized tire service center repair or replace the flat tire as soon as possible.
{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 93.
{ Warning
Changing a tire can be dangerous. The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall causing injury or death. Find a level place to change the tire. To help prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly. (Continued)
Vehicle Care 205
Warning (Continued) 2. Put an automatic transmission in
P (Park) or a manual transmission in 1 (First) or R (Reverse). 3. Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised. 4. Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle. 5. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed. When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) 2. Flat Tire
206 Vehicle Care
The following information explains how to repair or change a tire.
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
The spare tire and tools are located in the storage compartment in the rear of the vehicle.
2. If there is a wheel cover, remove the wheel nut caps to access the wheel nuts.
1. Strap 2. Jack
1. Wheel Wrench 2. Screwdriver 3. Tow Eye 4. Screwdriver Handle 5. Jack Handle Extension
To access the spare tire and tools: 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 17. 2. Lift the trim cover. 3. Remove the jack, tools, and spare tire. 4. Place them near the tire being changed.
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See
If a Tire Goes Flat 0 204.
3. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen the wheel nuts. Do not remove them yet.
4. Place the jack at the position marked with a half circle.
5. Attach the jack handle extension to the jack by sliding the hook through the end of the jack.
6. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise until the lift head is firmly contacting the proper lifting point nearest the flat tire.
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.
{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.
Vehicle Care 207
{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire.
7. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to fit underneath the wheel well.
8. Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise to remove them.
9. Remove the flat tire.
{ Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come off and
(Continued)
208 Vehicle Care Warning (Continued)
cause a crash. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt.
10. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare wheel.
11. Place the spare tire on the wheel-mounting surface.
{ Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a crash.
12. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Turn each nut clockwise, by hand, until the wheel is held against the hub.
13. Lower the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. Lower the jack completely.
{ Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause the wheels to become loose or come off. The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel nuts. See Capacities and Specifications 0 237 for original equipment wheel nut torque specifications.
Caution Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications 0 237 for the wheel nut torque specification.
14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly with the wheel wrench in a crisscross sequence, as shown.
Caution Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle's compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare, the cover or the spare could be damaged.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools
{ Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place.
1. Remove the load compartment cover. 2. Lift the load floor. 3. Place the tool container and the flat tire
upright into the tool box spare. 4. Pull the release knob on top of the rear
seatback to move it forward.
Vehicle Care 209
5. Route the loop end of the strap through the seatback latch.
6. Route the hook end of the strap through the loop and securely fasten it to the seatback latch.
7. Pull back the rear seatbacks.
8. Attach the hook to the liftgate latch.
9. Tighten the strap and secure it using the buckle.
The compact spare tire is for temporary use only. Replace the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as you can. See Compact Spare Tire 0 209.
Compact Spare Tire
{ Warning
Driving with more than one compact spare tire at a time could result in loss of braking and handling. This could lead to a
(Continued)
210 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
crash and you or others could be injured. Use only one compact spare tire at a time.
If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, it was fully inflated when new; however, it can lose air over time. Check the inflation pressure regularly. It should be 420 kPa (60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and check that the spare tire is correctly inflated after being installed on the vehicle. The compact spare tire is designed for temporary use only. The vehicle will perform differently with the spare tire installed and it is recommended that the vehicle speed be limited to 80 km/h (50 mph). To conserve the tread of the spare tire, have the standard tire repaired or replaced as soon as convenient and return the spare tire to the storage area.
When using a compact spare tire, the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and Traction Control systems may engage until the spare tire is recognized by the vehicle, especially on slippery roads. Adjust driving to reduce possible wheel slip.
Caution When the compact spare is installed, do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails. The compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the tire, wheel, and other parts of the vehicle.
Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles.
Do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires. They will not fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel together.
Caution Tire chains will not fit the compact spare. Using them can damage the vehicle and the chains. Do not use tire chains on the compact spare.
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North America
For more information about the vehicle battery, see Battery - North America 0 175.
If the battery has run down, try to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely.
{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle.
See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 161 and the back cover.
{ Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because:
. They contain acid that can burn you.
. They contain gas that can explode or ignite. (Continued)
Warning (Continued) . They contain enough electricity to
burn you.
If you do not follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you.
Caution Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work, and it could damage the vehicle.
1. Discharged Battery Negative Grounding Point
2. Discharged Battery Positive Post 3. Good Battery Positive Post 4. Good Battery Negative Post
The jump start positive post is in the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 164.
The jump start negative grounding point is in front of the engine cover or an engine mounting bolt.
The jump start positive post and negative post are on the battery of the vehicle providing the jump start.
The positive jump start connection for the discharged battery is under a trim cover. Open the cover to expose the post.
These locations are used instead of a direct connection to the battery.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery with a negative ground system.
Vehicle Care 211
Caution
If the other vehicle does not have a 12-volt system with a negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged. Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a negative ground for jump starting.
2. Position the two vehicles so that they are not touching.
3. Set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in P (Park) with an automatic transmission, or Neutral with a manual transmission. See Shifting Into Park 0 139 with an automatic transmission, or Parking (Manual Transmission) 0 140 with a manual transmission.
Caution
If any accessories are left on or plugged in during the jump starting procedure, they could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or unplug all accessories on either vehicle when jump starting.
212 Vehicle Care
4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all lights and accessories in both vehicles, except the hazard warning flashers if needed.
{ Warning
An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan.
{ Warning
Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this, and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if you need more light.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you. Do not get it on you. If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with water and get medical help immediately.
{ Warning
Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running.
5. Connect one end of the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+) post (2) on the discharged battery.
6. Connect the other end of the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+) post (3) of the good battery.
7. Connect one end of the black negative () cable to the negative () post (4) of the good battery.
8. Connect the other end of the black negative () cable to the negative () grounding point (1) for the discharged battery.
9. Start the engine in the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine at idle speed for at least four minutes.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery. If it will not start after a few tries, it probably needs service.
Caution
If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order, electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle and removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle for several minutes.
Towing the Vehicle
Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may cause damage. The damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not lash or hook to suspension components. Use the proper straps around the tires to secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies under any locked wheel/tire while loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling type lift to tow the vehicle. This could damage the vehicle.
Caution
Improper use of the tow eye can damage the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed tow truck from a flat road surface, or to move the vehicle a short distance. Use caution and low speeds. The transmission must be in (N) Neutral when moving the vehicle.
GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to help reduce approach angles, if necessary. A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance or a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed.
If the vehicle is equipped with tow eye, only use the tow eye to pull the vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat road surface. Do not use the tow eye to pull the vehicle from snow, mud or sand. Front Tow Eye The tow eye is in the spare tire and tools kit, in the storage compartment in the rear of the vehicle.
Carefully open the cover in the fascia by using the small notch that conceals the tow eye socket. Install the tow eye into the socket and turn it until it stops. When the tow eye is removed, reinstall the cover with the notch in the original position.
Vehicle Care 213
Recreational Vehicle Towing
Recreational vehicle towing refers to towing the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as behind a motor home. The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly.
Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle towing:
. Before towing the vehicle, become familiar with the local laws that apply to recreational vehicle towing. These laws may vary by region.
. The towing capacity of the towing vehicle. Be sure to read the tow vehicle manufacturer's recommendations.
. How far the vehicle will be towed. Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow.
. The proper towing equipment. See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations.
214 Vehicle Care
. If the vehicle is ready to be towed. Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip, make sure the vehicle is prepared to be towed.
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front of the vehicle grille could restrict airflow and cause damage to the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only use one that attaches to the towing vehicle.
Dinghy Towing (with Automatic Transmission)
Caution
If the vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the ground, the drivetrain components could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not tow the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground.
Vehicles with an automatic transmission should not be towed with all four wheels on the ground. If the vehicle must be towed, a dolly should be used. See "Dolly Towing" following.
Dinghy Towing (with Manual Transmission)
To dinghy tow the vehicle from the front with all four wheels on the ground:
1. Position the vehicle to tow and then secure it to the tow vehicle.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Shift the transmission to Neutral.
4. Disconnect the negative battery cable at the battery. See "Negative Battery Cable Disconnection" under Battery - North America 0 175.
5. Cover the negative battery post with a non-conductive material to prevent any contact with the negative battery terminal.
6. Release the parking brake.
Caution
If 113 km/h (70 mph) is exceeded while towing the vehicle, it could be damaged. Never exceed 113 km/h (70 mph) while towing the vehicle.
6. Disconnect the vehicle from the tow vehicle.
7. Release the parking brake.
Dolly Towing
Vehicle Care 215
5. Turn the ignition off. 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. 7. Release the parking brake.
Caution
Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it. Also, repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never have the vehicle towed from the rear.
To disconnect the towed vehicle: 1. Park on a level surface. 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Make sure that the ignition is off. 4. Remove any tape, glue, or excess
material from the negative battery post. 5. Connect the battery. See "Negative
Battery Cable Reconnection" under Battery - North America 0 175.
To tow the vehicle with the two rear wheels on the ground and the front wheels on a dolly:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Shift an automatic transmission into P (Park) or a manual transmission into 1 (First) gear.
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Clamp the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a clamping device designed for towing.
Caution
Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it. Also, repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never have the vehicle towed from the rear.
216 Vehicle Care
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a de-icing agent only when absolutely necessary, and have the locks greased after using. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 233.
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it often and out of direct sunlight.
Caution
Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, or abrasive cleaning agents as they can damage the vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer. Follow all manufacturer directions regarding correct product usage, necessary safety precautions, and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product.
Caution
Avoid using high-pressure washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in damage or removal of paint and decals.
Caution
Do not power wash any component
under the hood that has this e
symbol.
This could cause damage that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
If using an automatic car wash, follow the car wash instructions. The windshield wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, must be off. Remove any accessories that may be damaged or interfere with the car wash equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and after, to remove all cleaning agents completely. If they are allowed to dry on the surface, they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting.
Cleaning Underhood Components
Caution
Do not power wash any component
under the hood that has this e
symbol.
This could cause damage that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm underhood components. The usages of these chemicals should be avoided.
Recommend water only.
A pressure washer may be used, but care must be utilized. The following criteria must be followed: . Water pressure must be kept below
14 000 KPa (2,000 PSI). . Water temperature must be below 80 °C
(180 °F). . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle
spray pattern or wider must be used. . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft)
away from all surfaces.
Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ wax materials is not recommended. If painted surfaces are damaged, see your dealer to have the damage assessed and repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle's finish if they remain on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing should be done to remove residue from the paint finish. See your dealer for approved cleaning products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated wood, or flat paint as damage can occur.
Caution
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may damage it. Use only
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new, keep the vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings
Caution
Failure to clean and protect the bright metal moldings can result in a hazy white finish or pitting. This damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
The bright metal moldings on the vehicle are aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. To prevent damage always follow these cleaning instructions: . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch
before applying any cleaning solution . Use only approved cleaning solutions for
aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain alkaline substances and can damage the moldings
Vehicle Care 217
. Always dilute a concentrated cleaner according to the manufacturer's instructions
. Do not use cleaners that are not intended for automotive use
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle after washing to protect and extend the molding finish
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth, and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing the Vehicle" previously in this section.
Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some have a UV protective coating. Do not clean or wipe them when dry.
Do not use any of the following on lamp covers:
. Abrasive or caustic agents . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents
in higher concentrations than suggested by the manufacturer
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh cleaners
. Ice scrapers or other hard items
218 Vehicle Care
. Aftermarket appearance caps or covers while the lamps are illuminated, due to excessive heat generated
Caution Failure to clean lamps properly can cause damage to the lamp cover that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution Using wax on low gloss black finish stripes can increase the gloss level and create a non-uniform finish. Clean low gloss stripes with soap and water only.
Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes, between the hood and windshield, when washing the vehicle.
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause wiper streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged. Damage can be caused by extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice.
Weatherstrips
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry climates may require more frequent application. Black marks from rubber material on painted surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 233.
Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean the tires.
Caution
Using petroleum-based tire dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a
(Continued)
Caution (Continued) tire dressing, always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle.
Wheels and Wheel Trim
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and water to clean the wheels. After rinsing thoroughly with clean water, dry with a soft, clean towel. A wax may then be applied.
Caution Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim may be damaged if the vehicle is not washed after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium chloride or calcium chloride. These are used on roads for conditions such as dust and ice. Always wash the chrome with soap and water after exposure.
Caution To avoid surface damage on wheels and wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners,
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
or brushes. Use only GM approved cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash that uses silicon carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. Damage could occur and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Brake System
Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition. Inspect drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. Inspect all other brake parts.
Steering, Suspension, and Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear at least once a year.
Inspect power steering for proper attachment, connections, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
Visually check constant velocity joint boots and axle seals for leaks.
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the steel fuel door hinges, unless the components are plastic. Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak.
Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, spring and fall, use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care to thoroughly clean any areas where mud and other debris can collect.
Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop applies anti-corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection.
Vehicle Care 219
Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty.
Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and scratches with touch-up materials available from your dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer's body and paint shop.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, ring-shaped discolorations, and small, irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface. See "Finish Care" previously in this section.
Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately remove any soils. Newspapers or dark garments can transfer color to the vehicle's interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from knobs and crevices on the instrument cluster. Using a mild soap solution, immediately remove hand lotions,
220 Vehicle Care
sunscreen, and insect repellent from all interior surfaces or permanent damage may result.
Use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned to prevent permanent damage. Apply all cleaners directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any switches or controls. Remove cleaners quickly.
Before using cleaners, read and follow all safety instructions on the label. While cleaning the interior, open the doors and windows to get proper ventilation.
To prevent damage, do not clean the interior using the following cleaners or techniques:
. Never use a razor or any other sharp object to remove soil from any interior surface.
. Never use a brush with stiff bristles.
. Never rub any surface aggressively or with too much pressure.
. Do not use laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For liquid cleaners, use approximately 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. A concentrated soap solution will create
streaks and attract dirt. Do not use solutions that contain strong or caustic soap. . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery when cleaning. . Do not use solvents or cleaners containing solvents.
Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with plain water.
Caution
To prevent scratching, never use abrasive cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive cleaners or aggressive cleaning may damage the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water during the first three to six months of ownership will reduce tendency to fog.
Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean spots with water and mild soap.
Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with water.
. When heavily soiled, use warm soapy water.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum brush attachment is being used, only use it on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently remove as much of the soil as possible:
. Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. Continue blotting until no more soil can be removed.
. For solid soils, remove as much as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth with water. Microfiber cloth is recommended to prevent lint transfer to the fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by gently wringing until water does not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center. Fold the cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently to prevent forcing the soil in to the fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area until there is no longer any color transfer from the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap solution followed only by plain water.
If the soil is not completely removed, it may be necessary to use a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden area for colorfastness before using a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire fabric or carpet.
After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot excess moisture.
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Information and Radio Displays
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that can scratch the surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners
or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use.
Caution
Do not attach a device with a suction cup to the display. This may cause damage and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning, use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap solution.
Caution
Soaking or saturating leather, especially perforated leather, as well as other interior surfaces, may cause permanent damage. Wipe excess moisture from these surfaces after cleaning and allow
(Continued)
Vehicle Care 221
Caution (Continued)
them to dry naturally. Never use heat, steam, or spot removers. Do not use cleaners that contain silicone or wax-based products. Cleaners containing these solvents can permanently change the appearance and feel of leather or soft trim, and are not recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, especially on the instrument panel. Reflected glare can decrease visibility through the windshield under certain conditions.
Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause permanent damage to plastics and painted surfaces. If an air freshener comes in contact with any plastic or painted surface in the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution. Damage caused by air fresheners would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
222 Vehicle Care
Cargo Cover and Convenience Net
If equipped, wash with warm water and mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold water, and then dry completely.
Care of Seat Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. It may severely weaken the webbing. In a crash, they might not be able to provide adequate protection. Clean and rinse seat belt webbing only with mild soap and lukewarm water. Allow the webbing to dry.
Floor Mats
{ Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not properly installed, it can interfere with the pedals. Interference with the pedals can cause unintended acceleration and/or increased stopping distance which can
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
cause a crash and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals.
Use the following guidelines for proper floor mat usage:
. The original equipment floor mats were designed for your vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it is recommended that GM certified floor mats be purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the pedals. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals.
. Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor.
. Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over.
. Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat.
. Use only a single floor mat on the driver side.
. Do not place one floor mat on top of another.
Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats Pull up on the rear of the floor mat to unlock each retainer and remove.
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer openings over the carpet retainers and snap into position. Make sure the floor mat is properly secured in place. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals.
Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather Mats and Floor Liners)
{ Warning
Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, wax-based products, or cleaners that increase gloss on rubber floor mats/liners. These cleaners can permanently change the appearance and feel of the rubber and can make the floor mats/liners slippery. Your foot could slip while operating the vehicle, and you could lose control, resulting in a crash. You or others could be injured.
Use a soft cloth and/or a brush dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap solution.
Vehicle Care 223
224 Service and Maintenance
Service and Maintenance
General Information General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Special Application Services Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Additional Maintenance and Care Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . 230
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . 233 Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . 233
Maintenance Records Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
General Information
Your vehicle is an important investment. This section describes the required maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this schedule to help protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance. It may also help to maintain the value of the vehicle if it is sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to have all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians who can perform required maintenance using genuine replacement parts. They have up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many dealers have extended evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to assist with service needs.
Your dealer recognizes the importance of providing competitively priced maintenance and repair services. With trained technicians, the dealer is the place for routine maintenance such as oil changes and tire rotations and additional maintenance items like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades.
Caution
Damage caused by improper maintenance can lead to costly repairs and may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance intervals, checks, inspections, recommended fluids, and lubricants are important to keep the vehicle in good working condition.
Do not have chemical flushes that are not approved by GM performed on the vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, cleaners, or lubricants that are not approved by GM could damage the vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that are not covered by the vehicle warranty.
The Tire Rotation and Required Services are the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is recommended to have your dealer perform these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep the vehicle in good working condition, improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle emissions.
Because of the way people use vehicles, maintenance needs vary. There may need to be more frequent checks and services. The Additional Required Services - Normal are for vehicles that:
. Carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 129.
. Are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits.
. Use the recommended fuel. See Recommended Fuel 0 156.
Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services - Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot weather.
. Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous terrain.
. Frequently towing a trailer.
. Used for high speed or competitive driving.
. Used for taxi, police, or delivery service.
Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services Severe chart.
{ Warning
Performing maintenance work can be dangerous and can cause serious injury. Perform maintenance work only if the required information, proper tools, and equipment are available. If they are not, see your dealer to have a trained technician do the work. See Doing Your Own Service Work 0 162.
Maintenance Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil 0 165.
Once a Month . Check the tire inflation pressures. See Tire
Pressure 0 194. . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire
Inspection 0 198. . Check the windshield washer fluid level.
See Washer Fluid 0 173.
Service and Maintenance 225
Engine Oil Change
When the : % CHANGE DIC message
displays, have the engine oil and filter changed within the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven under the best conditions, the engine oil life system may not indicate the need for vehicle service for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and the oil life system must be reset. Your trained dealer technician can perform this work. If the engine oil life system is reset accidentally, service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service. Reset the oil life system when the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life System 0 166.
Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every Seven Years)
The air conditioning system requires maintenance every seven years. This service requires replacement of the desiccant to help the longevity and efficient operation of the air conditioning system. This service can be complex. See your dealer.
226 Service and Maintenance
Tire Rotation and Required Services Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi
Rotate the tires, if recommended for the vehicle, and perform the following services. See Tire Rotation 0 199.
. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and reset oil life system. See Engine Oil 0 165 and Engine Oil Life System 0 166.
. Check engine coolant level. See Cooling System 0 169.
. Check windshield washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid 0 173.
. Check tire inflation pressures. See Tire Pressure 0 194.
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection 0 198.
. Visually check for fluid leaks.
. Inspect engine air cleaner filter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 168.
. Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care 0 216.
. Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis components for damage, including cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose or missing parts, or signs of wear at least once a year. See Exterior Care 0 216.
. Inspect power steering for proper attachment, connections, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
. Visually inspect halfshafts and drive shafts for excessive wear, lubricant leaks, and/or damage including: tube dents or cracks, constant velocity joint or universal joint looseness, cracked or missing boots, loose or missing boot clamps, center bearing excessive looseness, loose or missing fasteners, and axle seal leaks.
. Check restraint system components. See Safety System Check 0 36.
. Visually inspect fuel system for damage or leaks.
. Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for loose or damaged parts.
. Lubricate body components. See Exterior Care 0 216.
. Check starter switch. See Starter Switch Check 0 177.
. Check automatic transmission shift lock control function. See Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check 0 177.
. Check ignition transmission lock. See Ignition Transmission Lock Check 0 177.
. Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 178.
. Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. If the hold open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 179.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal, if equipped. See Sunroof 0 23.
Service and Maintenance 227
12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) Inspect evaporative control system. (2) Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. Change manual transmission fluid, if equipped. Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) Visually inspect accessory drive belts (5) Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6) Replace front and rear wiper blades. (7) Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (8) Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9)
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Footnotes -- Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Normal
(1) Or every two years, whichever comes first. More frequent passenger compartment air filter replacement may be needed if driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air quality, high dust levels, or environmental
allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer can help determine when to replace the filter.
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and condition.
228 Service and Maintenance
(3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect the filter at each oil change or more often as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 168.
(4) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System 0 169.
(5) Or every ten years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed.
(6) If equipped with automatic transmission, replace brake fluid every five years. If equipped with manual transmission, replace brake/clutch fluid every three years. See Brake Fluid 0 174.
(7) Or every 12 months, whichever comes first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 178.
(8) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 179.
(9) Replace air conditioning desiccant every seven years.
Service and Maintenance 229
12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) Inspect evaporative control system. (2) Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. Change manual transmission fluid, if equipped. Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6) Replace front and rear wiper blades. (7) Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (8) Replace air conditioning desiccant. (9)
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
Footnotes -- Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services - Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever comes first. More frequent passenger compartment air filter replacement may be needed if driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air
quality, high dust levels, or environmental allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer can help determine when to replace the filter.
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and condition.
230 Service and Maintenance
(3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect the filter at each oil change or more often as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 168.
(4) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System 0 169.
(5) Or every ten years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed.
(6) If equipped with automatic transmission, replace brake fluid every five years. If equipped with manual transmission, replace brake/clutch fluid every three years. See Brake Fluid 0 174.
(7) Or every 12 months, whichever comes first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 178.
(8) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 179.
(9) Replace air conditioning desiccant every seven years.
Special Application Services
. Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis components every oil change.
. Have underbody flushing service performed. See "Underbody Maintenance" in Exterior Care 0 216.
Additional Maintenance and Care
Your vehicle is an important investment and caring for it properly may help to avoid future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle performance, additional maintenance services may be required.
It is recommended that your dealer perform these services -- their trained dealer technicians know your vehicle best. Your dealer can also perform a thorough assessment with a multi-point inspection to recommend when your vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to explain the services and conditions to look for that may indicate services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power to start the engine and operate any additional electrical accessories.
. To avoid break-down or failure to start the vehicle, maintain a battery with full cranking power.
. Trained dealer technicians have the diagnostic equipment to test the battery and ensure that the connections and cables are corrosion-free.
Belts
. Belts may need replacing if they squeak or show signs of cracking or splitting.
. Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment to inspect the belts and recommend adjustment or replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to safe driving.
. Signs of brake wear may include chirping, grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty stopping.
. Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment to inspect the brakes and recommend quality parts engineered for the vehicle.
Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved fluids protect the vehicle's systems and components. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 233 for GM approved fluids.
. Engine oil and windshield washer fluid levels should be checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled.
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should be regularly inspected to ensure that there are no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses and advise if replacement is needed.
Lamps
Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and brake lamps are important to see and be seen on the road.
. Signs that the headlamps need attention include dimming, failure to light, cracking, or damage. The brake lamps need to be checked periodically to ensure that they light when braking.
. With a multi-point inspection, your dealer can check the lamps and note any concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control for a smoother ride.
. Signs of wear may include steering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longer stopping distance, or uneven tire wear.
. As part of the multi-point inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually inspect the shocks and struts for signs of leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can advise when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of tire failure.
. Signs that the tires need to be replaced include three or more visible treadwear indicators; cord or fabric showing through the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can inspect and recommend the right tires. Your dealer can also provide tire/wheel balancing
Service and Maintenance 231
services to ensure smooth vehicle operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells and services name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like new, vehicle care products are available from your dealer. For information on how to clean and protect the vehicle's interior and exterior, see Interior Care 0 219 and Exterior Care 0 216.
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that the tires deliver optimal wear and performance. . Signs that the alignment may need to be
adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear. . Your dealer has the required equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the best viewing, keep the windshield clean and clear. . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks,
and chips.
232 Service and Maintenance
. Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and recommend proper replacement if needed.
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in good condition to provide a clear view. . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping
across the windshield, and worn or split rubber. . Trained dealer technicians can check the wiper blades and replace them when needed.
Service and Maintenance 233
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage
Fluid/Lubricant
Brake/Clutch Hydraulic System
DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid.
Engine Coolant
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System 0 169.
Engine Oil
Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 165.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Latch, Pivots, Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB
Spring Anchor, and Release Pawl
or GC-LB.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer.
Transmission
See your dealer.
Windshield Washer
Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part
GM Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
95238310
ACDelco Part Number A3227C
234 Service and Maintenance
Part Engine Oil Filter Passenger Compartment Air Filter Spark Plugs Wiper Blades
IDriver Side 60 cm (23.6 in)
IPassenger Side 35 cm (13.8 in)
IRear
GM Part Number 12696048 95369731 12637197
95391363
95391365
95391371
ACDelco Part Number PF64 CF202 41-124
--
--
--
Service and Maintenance 235
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date
Odometer Reading
Serviced By
Services Performed
236 Technical Data
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 236 Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
This legal identifier is in the front corner of the instrument panel, on the driver side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from outside. The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) also appears on the Vehicle Certification label and certificates of title and registration. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See "Engine Specifications" under Capacities and Specifications 0 237 for the vehicle's engine code.
Service Parts Identification
There may be a large barcode on the certification label on the center pillar that you can scan for the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . Model designation . Paint information . Production options
If there is not a large barcode on this label, then you will find this same information on a label inside of the glove box.
Technical Data 237
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 233 for more information.
Application
Metric
Capacities
English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your
dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System*
4.8 L
5.0 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
4.0 L
4.2 qt
Fuel Tank
35.0 L
9.0 gal
Wheel Nut Torque
140 Y
100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.
Engine Specifications
Engine
VIN Code
Transmission
Spark Plug Gap
1.4L L4
A
Automatic and Manual
0.800.90 mm (0.0310.035 in)
Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug.
238 Technical Data Engine Drive Belt Routing
Customer Information
Customer Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . 239 Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . 242 Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . 243 Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 243 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . 246 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 248 Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of the vehicle will be resolved by your dealer's sales or service departments. Sometimes, however, despite the best intentions of all concerned, misunderstandings can occur. If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction, the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved at that level. If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales, service, or parts manager, contact the owner of your dealership or the general manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, call General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
Customer Information 239
We encourage you to call the toll-free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention. Have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance representative:
. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is available from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield.
. Dealership name and location.
. Vehicle delivery date and present mileage.
When contacting Chevrolet, remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer's facility. That is why we suggest following Step One first.
STEP THREE -- U.S. Owners : Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle. However, if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, you can file with the Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an out-of-court program administered by BBB National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive
240 Customer Information
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action, use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days. If you do not agree with the decision given in your case, you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you.
You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll-free telephone number or write them at the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program BBB National Programs, Inc. 3033 Wilson Boulevard Suite 600 Arlington, VA 22201
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 http://www.bbb.org/council/ programs-services/ dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line
This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its participation in this program.
STEP THREE -- Canadian Owners : In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, General Motors of Canada Company wants you to be aware of its participation in a no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program. General Motors of Canada Company has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory-related vehicle service claims. The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter, and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter. The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process, from the time you file your complaint to the final decision, should be completed in about 70 days. We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge.
For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call the General Motors Customer Care Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to:
The Mediation/Arbitration Program c/o Customer Care Centre General Motors of Canada Company Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Your inquiry should be accompanied by the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
Customer Assistance Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers to call the toll-free number for assistance. However, if a customer wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, the letter should be addressed to:
United States and Puerto Rico
Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33170 Detroit, MI 48232-5170 www.Chevrolet.com
1-800-222-1020 1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Devices (TTYs)) Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
Canada
General Motors of Canada Company Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English) 1-800-263-7854 (French) 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs)) Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800
Overseas
Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit.
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) Users
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Online Owner Center
The Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com
Learn more about your vehicle features, shop for and manage your connected services and OnStar plans, and access diagnostic information specific to your vehicle.
Membership Benefits
E : Download owner's manuals and view
vehicle-specific how-to videos.
G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and
Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule service appointments.
I : View service records from your
dealership and add your own.
D : Select a preferred dealer and view
locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours.
r : Track your vehicle's warranty
information.
J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 0 236.
Customer Information 241 H : Manage your profile and payment
information. View your GM Rewards Card earnings and My Chevrolet Rewards points.
F : Chat with online help representatives.
Visit my.chevrolet.com and create an account today. Chevrolet Owner Centre (Canada) mychevrolet.ca Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre at mychevrolet.ca (English) or my.chevrolet.ca (French) to access similar benefits to the U.S. site.
GM Mobility Reimbursement Program
This program is available to qualified applicants for cost reimbursement, up to certain limits, of eligible aftermarket
242 Customer Information
adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ scooter lift for the vehicle.
To learn about the GM Mobility program, see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935.
General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.
Roadside Assistance Program
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance, have the following information ready: . Your name, home address, and home
telephone number . Telephone number of your location
. Location of the vehicle
. Model, year, color, and license plate number of the vehicle
. Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), and delivery date of the vehicle
. Description of the problem
Coverage
Services are provided for the duration of the vehicle's powertrain warranty.
In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is covered. In Canada, a person driving the vehicle without permission from the owner is not covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors North America and Chevrolet reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification.
General Motors North America and Chevrolet reserve the right to limit services or payment to an owner or driver if they decide the claims are made too often, or the same type of claim is made many times.
Services Provided
. Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station.
. Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the vehicle if you are locked out. A remote unlock may be available if you have OnStar. For security reasons, the driver must present identification before this service is given.
. Emergency Tow from a Public Road or Highway: Tow to the nearest Chevrolet dealer for warranty service, or if the vehicle was in a crash and cannot be driven. Assistance is not given when the vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, or snow.
. Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, if equipped, must be in good condition and properly inflated. It is the owner's responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty.
. Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start a dead battery.
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty event, incidental expenses may
be reimbursed within the Powertrain warranty period. Items considered are reasonable and customary hotel, meals, rental car, or a vehicle being delivered back to the customer, up to 500 miles.
Services Not Included in Roadside Assistance
. Impound towing caused by violation of any laws
. Legal fines
. Mounting, dismounting, or changing of snow tires, chains, or other traction devices
Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an area that is not accessible to the service vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or maintained public road, which includes ice and winter roads. Off-road use is not covered.
Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to 7 liters. Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service.
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is required.
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: Must be over 150 km from where your trip was started to qualify. Pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and a copy of the repair orders are required. Once authorization has been received, the Roadside Assistance advisor will help to make arrangements and explain how to receive payment.
. Alternative Service: If assistance cannot be provided right away, the Roadside Assistance advisor may give permission to get local emergency road service. You will receive payment, up to $100, after sending the original receipt to Roadside Assistance. Mechanical failures may be covered, however any cost for parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty service, contact your dealer and request an appointment. By scheduling a service appointment and advising the service consultant of your transportation needs, your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience.
Customer Information 243
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately, keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service, unless, of course, the problem is safety related. If it is, please call your dealership, let them know this, and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring the vehicle for service, you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for same-day repair.
Courtesy Transportation Program
To enhance your ownership experience, we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada), extended powertrain, and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation options are available to assist in reducing inconvenience when warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate manual entitled "Limited Warranty and
244 Customer Information
Owner Assistance Information" furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait. However, if you are unable to do so, your dealer may offer the following transportation options:
Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters of your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are needed, and public transportation is used, the expense must be supported by original receipts and within the maximum amount allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange their own transportation, limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available. Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts. See your dealer for information.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer may provide an available courtesy rental vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and must be supported by original receipts as well as a signed and completed rental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicle provider requirements. Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements, insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair are also your responsibility.
It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Additional Program Information
All program options, such as shuttle service, may not be available at every dealer. Contact your dealer for specific availability.
General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion.
Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged, have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts. Poorly performed collision repairs diminish the vehicle resale value, and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which the vehicle was originally built. Genuine GM Collision parts are the best choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed appearance, durability, and safety are preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair. These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain the vehicle's originally designed
appearance and safety performance; however, the history of these parts is not known. Such parts are not covered by the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any related failures are not covered by that warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are also available. These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for the vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit poorly, exhibit premature durability/ corrosion problems, and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions. Aftermarket parts are not covered by the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any vehicle failure related to such parts is not covered by that warranty.
Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs. Your dealer may have a collision repair center with GM-trained technicians and state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM-trained technicians and comparable equipment.
Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage. There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms. Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to the GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs through the use of aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts. When purchasing insurance, we recommend that you ensure that the vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts. If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier, consider switching to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company may require you to have insurance that ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. Read the lease carefully, as you may be charged at the end of the lease for poor quality repairs.
Customer Information 245
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call emergency services for help. Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of. Move the vehicle only if its position puts you in danger, or you are instructed to move it by a police officer.
Give only the necessary information to police and other parties involved in the crash.
For emergency towing see Roadside Assistance Program 0 242.
Gather the following information: . Driver name, address, and telephone
number . Driver license number . Owner name, address, and telephone
number . Vehicle license plate number . Vehicle make, model, and model year . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . Insurance company and policy number . General description of the damage to the
other vehicle
246 Customer Information
Choose a reputable repair facility that uses quality replacement parts. See "Collision Parts" earlier in this section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 41.
Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires damage repairs, GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair. If you have a pre-determined repair facility of choice, take the vehicle there, or have it towed there. Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be covered by the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but you must live with the repair. Depending on your policy limits, your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the repair professional, and insist on Genuine GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is leased, you may be obligated to have the
vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost.
If another party's insurance company is paying for the repairs, you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company's collision policy repair limits, as you have no contractual limits with that company. In such cases, you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as the cost stays within reasonable limits.
Publication Ordering Information
Service Manuals
Service manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on the engine, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, electrical system, steering system, body, etc.
Customer Literature
Owner's manuals are written specifically for owners and are intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle. The owner's manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models.
Customer literature publications available for purchase include owner's manuals, warranty manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an owner's manual, warranty manual, if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch.
Current and Past Models
Service manuals and customer literature are available for many current and past model year GM vehicles.
To order, call 1-800-551-4123 MondayFriday, 8:00 a.m.6:00 p.m. eastern time
For credit card orders only (VISA, MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
To order by mail, write to:
Helm, Incorporated Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth, MI 48170
Make checks payable in U.S. funds.
Radio Frequency Statement
This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters / receivers / systems that operate on a radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ Part 18 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation,
Science and Economic Development (ISED) Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / ICES-GEN.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. The device may not cause harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government
If you live in Canada, and you believe that the vehicle has a safety defect, notify Transport Canada immediately,
Customer Information 247
and notify General Motors of Canada Company. Call Transport Canada at 1-800-333-0510; go to:
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)
or write to:
Transport Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate Defect Investigations and Recalls Division 80 Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation like this, notify General Motors.
In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33170 Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write:
248 Customer Information
General Motors of Canada Company Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
In Mexico, call 800-466-0811 or 800-508-0000.
In other Central America and Caribbean Countries, call 52-555-901-2369.
Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy
The vehicle has a number of computers that record information about the vehicle's performance and how it is driven or used. For example, the vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance, to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle. These modules may store data to help the dealer technician service the vehicle or to help GM improve safety or features. Some modules may also store data about how the vehicle is operated, such as rate of fuel consumption
or average speed. These modules may retain personal preferences, such as radio presets, seat positions, and temperature settings.
Cybersecurity
GM collects information about the use of your vehicle including operational and safety related information. We collect this information to provide, evaluate, improve, and troubleshoot our products and services and to develop new products and services. The protection of vehicle electronics systems and customer data from unauthorized outside electronic access or control is important to GM. GM maintains appropriate security standards, practices, guidelines and controls aimed at defending the vehicle and the vehicle service ecosystem against unauthorized electronic access, detecting possible malicious activity in related networks, and responding to suspected cybersecurity incidents in a timely, coordinated and effective manner. Security incidents could impact your safety or compromise your private data. To minimize security risks, please do not connect your vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized devices or connect your vehicle to any unknown or untrusted networks (such as Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In
the event you suspect any security incident impacting your data or the safe operation of your vehicle, please stop operating your vehicle and contact your dealer.
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
. How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
. Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.
Note
EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access these data or share it with others except: with the consent of the vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee; in response to an official request by police or similar government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation through the discovery process; or, as required by law. Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to
others for research purposes, where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service plan, additional data may be collected and transmitted through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle's operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features, including infotainment; and the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website.
See OnStar Additional Information 0 251.
Customer Information 249
250 OnStar
OnStar
OnStar Overview OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
OnStar Services Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
OnStar Additional Information OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . 251
OnStar Overview
= Voice Command Button Q Blue OnStar Button > Red Emergency Button
This vehicle may be equipped with a comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connections, and Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may require a paid service plan and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and electrical system, cellular service, and GPS satellite signals to be available and operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing emergency service providers. OnStar may collect information about you and your vehicle, including location information. See OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software Terms for more details including system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
The OnStar system status light is next to the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: . Solid Green: System is ready. . Flashing Green: On a call. . Red: Indicates a problem.
. Off: System is off. Press Q twice to
speak with an OnStar Advisor.
Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor.
Functionality of the Voice Command button may vary by vehicle and region.
Press = to:
. Open the OnStar app on the infotainment display. See OnStar System 0 106 for information on how to use the OnStar app.
Or . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice
commands. . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot
name or SSID and password, if equipped.
Press Q to connect to an Advisor to:
. Verify account information or update contact information.
. Get driving directions.
. Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's key operating systems.
. Receive Roadside Assistance. . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped.
Press > to get a priority connection to an
OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: . Get help for an emergency. . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an
AMBER Alert. . Get assistance in severe weather or other
crisis situations and find evacuation routes.
OnStar Services
Emergency
Emergency Services require an active safety and security plan. With Automatic Crash Response, built-in sensors can automatically alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who is immediately connected in to the vehicle to help.
Press > for a priority connection to an
OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact location, and relay important information.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to provide a central point of contact, assistance, and information during a crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can locate a nearby service provider to help with a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty gas tank.
Security
If equipped, OnStar provides these services:
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the vehicle and help authorities quickly recover it.
. With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, OnStar can block the engine from being restarted.
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, if equipped, OnStar can work with law enforcement to gradually slow the vehicle down.
OnStar 251
Theft Alarm Notification
If equipped, if the doors are locked and the vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text, e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work with authorities to recover the vehicle.
OnStar Additional Information
In-Vehicle Audio Messages
Audio messages may play important information at the following times:
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set
up an account. . After change in ownership and at
90 days.
Transferring Service
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor can cancel or change account information.
Selling/Transferring the Vehicle
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) immediately to terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends.
252 OnStar
Reactivation for Subsequent Owners
Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to
an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor will update vehicle records and explain OnStar or connected service options.
How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response, Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside Assistance are available on most vehicles. Not all OnStar services are available everywhere or on all vehicles. For more information, a full description of OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software Terms:
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
. Press Q to speak with an Advisor.
OnStar or connected services cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area. The wireless service provider must also have coverage, network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar or connected services. Service involving location information about the vehicle cannot work unless GPS signals are available, unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected services may not work if the OnStar equipment is not properly installed or it has not been properly maintained. If equipment or software is added, connected, or modified, OnStar or connected services may not work. Other problems beyond the control of OnStar -- such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system design and architecture of the vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone network congestion or jamming -- may prevent service.
See Radio Frequency Statement 0 246.
Services for People with Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help with physical disabilities and medical conditions.
Press Q to help:
. Locate a gas station with an attendant to pump gas.
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets accessibility needs.
. Provide directions to the closest hospital or pharmacy in urgent situations.
TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to communicate to deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired customers while in the vehicle. The available dealer-installed TTY system can provide in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or off by touching Settings, then Apps, and then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone calls can be made or received with OnStar using the infotainment display.
OnStar Personal Identification Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar services. The PIN will need to be changed the first time when speaking with an Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact
an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling
1-888-4ONSTAR.
Warranty
OnStar equipment may be warranted as part of the vehicle warranty.
Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to respond
in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for
an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, Spanish, and French. Available languages may vary by country.
Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle has been off continuously for 10 days without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has not been started for 10 days, OnStar can contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith to help gain access to the vehicle.
Global Positioning System (GPS)
. Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a large city with tall buildings; in parking garages; around airports; in tunnels and underpasses; or in an area with very dense trees. If GPS signals are not available, the OnStar system should still operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar could have difficulty identifying the exact location.
. In emergency situations, OnStar can use the last stored GPS location to send to emergency responders.
A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The Advisor may give a verbal route or may ask for a call back after the vehicle is driven into an open area.
Cellular and GPS Antennas
Cellular reception is required for OnStar to send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not place items over or near the antenna to prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal reception.
Unable to Connect to OnStar Message
If there is limited cellular coverage or the cellular network has reached maximum capacity, this message may come on. Press
Q to try the call again or try again after
driving a few miles into another cellular area.
Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle electrical system, wireless service, and GPS satellite technologies to be available and operating for features to function properly. These systems may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected.
OnStar 253
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated into the electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not add any electrical equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 159. Added electrical equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not operate.
Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver software updates or changes to the vehicle without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or maintain safety, security, or the operation of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. Software updates or changes may affect or erase data or settings that are stored in the vehicle, such as saved navigation destinations or pre-set radio stations. Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for any affected or erased data or settings. These updates or changes may also collect personal information. Such collection is described in the OnStar privacy statement or separately disclosed at the time of installation. These updates or changes may also cause a system to automatically communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status,
254 OnStar
identify whether updates or changes are available, or deliver updates or changes. An active OnStar agreement constitutes consent to these software updates or changes and agreement that either OnStar or GM may remotely deliver them to the vehicle.
Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with
an Advisor. Users of wireless communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent.
OnStar - Software Acknowledgements
To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http:// opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid
for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product. This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information.
*Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is solely responsible for provisions of related OSS compliance.
Connected Services
Connected Services Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Connected Services
Navigation
Navigation requires a specific OnStar or connected service plan.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions
or have them sent to the vehicle's navigation screen, if equipped.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. 2. Request directions to be downloaded to
the vehicle. 3. Follow the voice-guided commands.
Using Voice Commands During a Planned Route
Functionality of the Voice Command button, if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region.
For some vehicles, press = to open the
OnStar app on the infotainment display. For
other vehicles press = as follows.
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds: "OnStar
ready," then a tone.
Connected Services 255
2. Say "Cancel route." System responds: "Do you want to cancel directions?"
3. Say "Yes." System responds: "OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye."
Route Preview
1. Press =. System responds: "OnStar
ready," then a tone.
2. Say "Route preview." System responds with the next three maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press =. System responds: "OnStar
ready," then a tone.
2. Say "Repeat." System responds with the last direction given, then responds with "OnStar ready," then a tone.
Get My Destination
1. Press =. System responds: "OnStar
ready," then a tone.
2. Say "Get my destination." System responds with the address and distance to the destination, then responds with "OnStar ready," then a tone.
Send Destination to Vehicle
Directions can be sent to the vehicle's navigation screen, if equipped.
256 Connected Services
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download
directions to the vehicle's navigation system, if equipped. After the call ends, the navigation screen will provide prompts to begin driving directions. Routes that are sent to the navigation screen can only be canceled through the navigation system.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Connections
The following services help with staying connected.
For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Ensuring Security
. Change the default passwords for the Wi-Fi hotspot and myChevrolet mobile application. Make these passwords different from each other and use a combination of letters and numbers to increase the security.
. Change the default name of the SSID (Service Set Identifier). This is your network's name that is visible to other wireless devices. Choose a unique name and avoid family names or vehicle descriptions.
Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)
The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access to the Internet and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile devices can be connected. A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle controls only when it is safe to do so.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information,
press = to open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), password, and on some vehicles, the connection type (no Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is possible that the icon may not illuminate even though the vehicle has an active connection.
3. To change the SSID or password, press
Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the SSID and password can be changed in the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
After initial set-up, your vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your mobile devices. Manage data usage by turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile device, using the myChevrolet mobile app, or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
MyChevrolet Mobile App (If Available)
Download the myChevrolet mobile app to compatible Apple and Android smartphones. Chevrolet users can access the following services from a smartphone:
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle, if factory-equipped.
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with automatic locks.
. Activate the horn and lamps.
. Check the vehicle's fuel level, oil life, or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
. Send destinations to the vehicle.
. Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S. market only).
. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, manage settings, and monitor data consumption, if equipped.
. Locate a dealer and schedule service.
. Request Roadside Assistance. . Set a parking reminder with pin drop,
take a photo, make a note, and set a timer. . Connect with Chevrolet on social media.
Features are subject to change. For myChevrolet mobile app information and compatibility, see my.chevrolet.com.
An active OnStar or connected service plan may be required. A compatible device, factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data rates apply. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations.
Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps.
Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market.
Diagnostics
By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, provides a way to keep up on maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Features are subject to change. For updates on feature capabilities, see my.chevrolet.com. Message and data rates may apply.
Connected Services 257
258 Index
Index
A Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . .161 Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Additional Information
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . . 230 Agreements
Trademarks and License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Air Conditioning Regular Operation . . . . . . . 121 Air Filter, Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . . 121 Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 41 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 40 What Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 40 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Airbags Adding Equipment to the Vehicle . . . . . . . 46 Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Airbags (cont'd) Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles . . . . . . 45 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Alarm Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Antenna
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . 111 Armrest Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Assistance Program, Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Audio Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check . . . . . . . 177
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . . . 102
B Battery
Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 95 Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175, 210 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 Bluetooth Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 108 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Automatic Emergency (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Bulb Replacement Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps . . . . . . . 181
Bulb Replacement (cont'd) High Intensity Discharge (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
C Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 California
Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . . 161 California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161, 175, 210 Camera
Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Index 259
Check Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 75 Ignition Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Child Restraints Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 62 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Compartments Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Connected Services Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
260 Index
Connected Services (cont'd) Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Connections Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Control Traction and Electronic Stability . . . . . . . 146
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Coolant
Engine Temperature Warning Light . . . . . 80 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . 243 Cover
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Covers
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Customer Information Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 246 Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . 239 Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
D Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Data Collection
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Diagnostics
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Door
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Driving Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Driving (cont'd) Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
E Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Electrical System
Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 185 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Emergency OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 75 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Coolant Temperature Warning Light . . . . 80 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Engine (cont'd) Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . . 95
F Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . .153
Frequency Statement Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Economy, Driving for Better . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . 159 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Fuses Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . 185 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 187
G Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Gauges
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Index 261
Gauges (cont'd) Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Warning Lights and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . 71
General Information Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
H Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . 92 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps . . . . . . . 181 High Intensity Discharge (HID)
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
262 Index
Headlamps (cont'd) High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Hood Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . .32 HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
I Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133, 135 Ignition Transmission Lock Check . . . . . . . . .177 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Indicator
Owner Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . 48
Information Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 96
J Jack
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Jump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . . . . 210
K Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 11 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
L Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Lamps
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 95 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Malfunction Indicator (Check Engine) . . . 75 On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Lamps (cont'd) Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . .155 Lane Departure Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 59 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Lights Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Check Engine (Malfunction Indicator) . . . 75 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Lights (cont'd) Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Hood Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Operate Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Reduced Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Ultrasonic Parking Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Warning, Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Locks Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
M Maintenance
Air Conditioning Regular Operation . . . . . 121 Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Maintenance and Care Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Media
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Messages
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 87 Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Mirrors Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Index 263
Mirrors (cont'd) Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
N Navigation
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
O Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Off-Road
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . .251 OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
264 Index
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251 OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Operate Pedal Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Operation
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Owner Manual Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
P Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Brake and P (Park) Mechanism
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Ultrasonic Sensor Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . 74 Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . . 121 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Perchlorate Materials Requirements, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Personalization Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Phone Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . . 111 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 108
Port USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Power Steering Warning Lights . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Proposition 65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161, 175, 210 Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 246
R Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 233 Records Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213 Reduced Engine Power Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Reimbursement Program, GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8, 9, 11 Replacement Parts Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Replacing LATCH System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Restraints Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . 139 Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . . . .141
S Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Safety Defects Reporting (cont'd) U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 32 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Seats Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 62 Security OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . 161 Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Index 265
Service (cont'd) Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 224 Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Services Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Shift Lock Control Function Check,
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177 Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Spare Tire Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
266 Index
Steering (cont'd) Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Storage Areas Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Struts
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 System
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Systems Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
T Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Taillamps Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241 Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 202 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 203 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . 200 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Towing
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . .116 Transmission Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Transportation Program, Courtesy . . . . . . . 243 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Turn Signal Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
U Ultrasonic Parking Sensor Light . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
V Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 87 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Vehicle Care Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . 248 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
W Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators . . . .71
Warnings Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 Wipers Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Index 267
Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode